Electromagnetic Field, Health and Environment:Proceedings of EHE'07 (Studies in Applied Electromagnetics and Mechanics)

ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT Studies in Applied Electromagnetics and Mechanics Series Editors: K. Mi...

Author: A. Krawczyk

292 downloads 1029 Views 8MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD, HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENT

Studies in Applied Electromagnetics and Mechanics Series Editors: K. Miya, A.J. Moses, Y. Uchikawa, A. Bossavit, R. Collins, T. Honma, G.A. Maugin, F.C. Moon, G. Rubinacci, H. Troger and S.-A. Zhou

Volume 29 Previously published in this series: Vol. 28. Vol. 27. Vol. 26. Vol. 25. Vol. 24. Vol. 23. Vol. 22. Vol. 21. Vol. 20. Vol. 19. Vol. 18. Vol. 17. Vol. 16. Vol. 15. Vol. 14. Vol. 13. Vol. 12. Vol. 11. Vol. 10.

S. Takahashi and H. Kikuchi (Eds.), Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (X) A. Krawczyk, S. Wiak and X.M. Lopez-Fernandez (Eds.), Electromagnetic Fields in Mechatronics, Electrical and Electronic Engineering G. Dobmann (Ed.), Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (VII) L. Udpa and N. Bowler (Eds.), Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (IX) T. Sollier, D. Prémel and D. Lesselier (Eds.), Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (VIII) F. Kojima, T. Takagi, S.S. Udpa and J. Pávó (Eds.), Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (VI) A. Krawczyk and S. Wiak (Eds.), Electromagnetic Fields in Electrical Engineering J. Pávó, G. Vértesy, T. Takagi and S.S. Udpa (Eds.), Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (V) Z. Haznadar and Ž. Štih, Electromagnetic Fields, Waves and Numerical Methods J.S. Yang and G.A. Maugin (Eds.), Mechanics of Electromagnetic Materials and Structures P. Di Barba and A. Savini (Eds.), Non-Linear Electromagnetic Systems S.S. Udpa, T. Takagi, J. Pávó and R. Albanese (Eds.), Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (IV) H. Tsuboi and I. Vajda (Eds.), Applied Electromagnetics and Computational Technology II D. Lesselier and A. Razek (Eds.), Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (III) R. Albanese, G. Rubinacci, T. Takagi and S.S. Udpa (Eds.), Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (II) V. Kose and J. Sievert (Eds.), Non-Linear Electromagnetic Systems T. Takagi, J.R. Bowler and Y. Yoshida (Eds.), Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation H. Tsuboi and I. Sebestyen (Eds.), Applied Electromagnetics and Computational Technology A.J. Moses and A. Basak (Eds.), Nonlinear Electromagnetic Systems

Volumes 1–6 were published by Elsevier Science under the series title “Elsevier Studies in Applied Electromagnetics in Materials”.

ISSN 1383-7281

Electromagnetic Field, Health and Environment Proceedings of EHE’07

Edited by

Andrzej Krawczyk Central Institute for Labour Protection, Department of Bioelectromagnetics, Warsaw, Poland

Roman Kubacki Military University of Technology, Warsaw, Poland

Sławomir Wiak Technical University of Lodz, Institute of Mechatronics and Information Systems, Lodz, Poland

and

Carlos Lemos Antunes University of Coimbra, Electrical Engineering Department, Coimbra, Portugal

Amsterdam • Berlin • Oxford • Tokyo • Washington, DC

© 2008 The authors and IOS Press. All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, without prior written permission from the publisher. ISBN 978-1-58603-860-1 Library of Congress Control Number: 2008926255 Publisher IOS Press Nieuwe Hemweg 6B 1013 BG Amsterdam Netherlands fax: +31 20 687 0019 e-mail: [email protected] Distributor in the UK and Ireland Gazelle Books Services Ltd. White Cross Mills Hightown Lancaster LA1 4XS United Kingdom fax: +44 1524 63232 e-mail: [email protected]

Distributor in the USA and Canada IOS Press, Inc. 4502 Rachael Manor Drive Fairfax, VA 22032 USA fax: +1 703 323 3668 e-mail: [email protected]

LEGAL NOTICE The publisher is not responsible for the use which might be made of the following information. PRINTED IN THE NETHERLANDS

Electromagnetic Field, Health and Environment A. Krawczyk et al. (Eds.) IOS Press, 2008 © 2008 The authors and IOS Press. All rights reserved.

v

Introductory Remarks The book mirrors the image of the EHE’07 conference (2nd International Conference on Electromagnetic Fields, Health and Environment) which was held in Wroclaw, Poland, 10–12 September 2007. The conference, the second in chain of EHE conferences – the first one, EHE’06, was held on April 27–29, 2006 on Madeira Island, Portugal – gathered engineers, biologists and physicists dealing with bioelectromagnetic problems, i.e. it attracted people investigating the phenomenon of interaction of electromagnetic field and biological objects. The problem is of great importance as the number of sources of electromagnetic field has increased dramatically in the last decades and still keeps growing. Both producers of electromagnetic energy and its consumers want to produce and to consume more and more energy, the first group because of commercial benefits while the second one because of their quality of life. And, somewhere aside there are groups of ecologists, journalists, medical doctors, who suspect, correctly or not, that electromagnetic field can interfere with living creatures. For many years has the discussion about these interactions lasted, and many scientific conferences have witnessed numerous emotional disputes. Because of the nature of nonionizing radiation, i.e. because its effect in human is reversible and hardly measured inside, all the debates, and relevant discussions are very emotional and do not leave much place for scientific arguments. The ambiguity around bioelectromagnetism is especially seen in mass-media, where, almost every day, completely unfounded facts are revealed only evoking anxiety among people. It seems to us that such book as you have in your hands, conferences as EHE, and many other similar scientific events, as well as series of books and scientific journals try to enlighten the problem with the use of scientifically founded facts. Of course, the discussion among scientists can be, and very often is, fierce and long-lasting, but all is carried out and kept within methodological discipline, which does not allow to go nowhere. The particular targets of the book can be briefly summarized as reviewing, presenting and discussing innovations in Computer Modelling, Measurement and Simulation of Bioelectromagnetic Phenomena, analysing physical and biological aspects of Bioelectromagnetic Phenomena, and discussing Environmental Safety and Policy issues as well as relevant International Standards. To make some order in reading the book, all the contributions are divided into 5 chapters which are named as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Electromagnetic Field & Environment, Electromagnetic Field & Health, Electromagnetic Field & Biology, Computer Simulation in Bioelectromagnetics, Electromagnetic Field in Policy and Standards.

Three contributions are behind the above categorization and foreword the volume: the first contribution shows the brief essay on Heinrich Rudolf Hertz on the occasion of his 150 birth anniversary, the second summarizes the long-lasting research in magnetic

vi

stimulation and bioimaging and the third one considers some theoretical aspects of electromagnetic field. We, the Editors of the volume, as well as all the authors whose contributions are the essence of the book, are convinced that all those who read it can find the subjects they are interested in. Editors: Andrzej Krawczyk Roman Kubacki Sławomir Wiak Carlos Lemos Antunes

vii

Contents Introductory Remarks v Andrzej Krawczyk, Roman Kubacki, Sławomir Wiak and Carlos Lemos Antunes General Papers Some Remarks on Life and Achievements of Heinrich Rudolph Hertz on His 150th Birth Anniversary Agnieszka Byliniak and Andrzej Krawczyk New Horizon in Biomagnetics and Bioimaging Shoogo Ueno Self-Field Theory: Analytic Spectroscopy of the Photon Anthony H.J. Fleming

3 8 18

Chapter 1. Electromagnetic Field and Environment Supervision of State System of Protection Against 0 Hz – 300 GHz Electromagnetic Fields Exposure in Poland Halina Aniołczyk

27

Electromagnetic Interaction and Ergonomic Aspect Related to Operation of Computer Monitors Karol Bednarek

32

Magnetic Field Around Asynchronous Electrical Machines with Variable Frequency Felipe Díaz, Fabián Déniz and Guillermo Hernández

38

Measurement of Electromagnetic Fields in the Vicinity of 66kV/20kV Substation Power (Gran Canaria Island, Spain) Fabián Déniz, Felipe Díaz, Antonio Pulido and Miguel Martínez

43

Magnetic Field Exposure from Multiple Overhead Transmission Line in Urban Utilities Corridor Mário L. Pereira Filho and José Roberto Cardoso

47

Determining Health Risk of 154kV, 50Hz Power Transmission Line Cihan Guneser, Ozge Sahin and Hacer Sekerci Oztura Improvement of Electromagnetic Compatibility an Electro-Energetic Network with Converter Power Supply System and Their Influence for Environmental Protection Zygmunt Szymanski

53

58

viii

Chapter 2. Electromagnetic Field and Health Effects of Radiation in Cellular Cultures M. Filomena Botelho, A. Cristina Santos, M. Carmo Lopes, Marta Pinto, Isabel Carreira, Inês Aleixo, Inês Rolo, Luís Neves, Ricardo Costa, Rosemeyre Cordeiro, Cláudia Ferreira, Gilberto Almeida, Hugo Tavares, Joana Marques, João Castro and M. João Bártolo Influence of Static Electric Field Generated Nearby High Voltage Direct Current Transmission Lines on Hormonal Activity of Experimental Animals Grzegorz Cieslar, Paweł Sowa, Beata Kos-Kudla and Aleksander Sieron Classifying Endogenous Rhythms in Pacemaker ECG Signals Agnieszka Duraj and Andrzej Krawczyk Neurophysiological Investigations of Retina’s Function and Evoked Activity of Central Visual Structures Under Microwave Irradiation E.N. Panakhova, T.M. Agayev, A.A. Mekhdiyev and A.A. Sadiyeva Mathematical Modelling of Vagus Nerve Stimulation Bartosz Sawicki, Robert Szmurło, Przemysław Płonecki, Jacek Starzyński, Stanisław Wincenciak and Andrzej Rysz Immunotropic Influence of Low Dose Ionizing Irradiation and Microwaves Applied Sequentially on Human Blood Mononuclear Cells in vitro W. Stankiewicz, M.P. Dąbrowski, A. Cheda, E. Nowosielska, J. Wrembel-Wargocka, R. Kubacki, M. Janiak and S. Szmigielski

67

72 79

86 92

98

Chapter 3. Electromagnetic Field and Biology Oxidative and Immune Response in Experimental Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields Dana Dabala, Didi Surcel, Csabo Szanto, Simona Miclaus, Mariana Botoc, S. Toader and O. Rotaru

105

Acoustic/Magnetic Field Assisted Perfusion Study A.H.J. Fleming, E.B. Bauer, R. Bergeron, M. Dahle and J. Enge

110

Effect of Pulsed Magnetic Field on Fresh Keeping of Vegetables Taiki Hori, Koji Fujiwara, Yoshiyuki Ishihara, Toshiyuki Todaka and Masao Nakajima

116

Mutagenicity and Co-Mutagenicity of Strong Static Magnetic Field in Yeast Cells 122 Masateru Ikehata, Sachiko Yoshie, Sachi Matsumoto, Yuji Suzuki and Toshio Hayakawa Model for Investigation of Microwave Energy Absorbed by Young and Mature Living Animals Roman Kubacki, Jaromir Sobiech and Edward Sędek

126

A Dosimetric Study for Experimental Exposures of Vegetal Tissues to Radiofrequency Fields Simona Miclăuş and Mihaela Răcuciu

133

ix

Non-Thermal, Continuous and Modulated RF Field Effects on Vegetal Tissue Developed from Exposed Seeds Mihaela Răcuciu, Simona Miclăuş and Dorina E. Creangă

142

Chapter 4. Computer Simulation in Bioelectromagnetics Three-Dimensional Modelling of Extremely Low Frequency Thin Conducting Screens Piergiorgio Alotto, Massimo Guarnieri, Federico Moro and Roberto Turri The Influence of Shape of the Body on SAR Coefficient in the Biological Object Katarzyna Ciosk and Andrzej Krawczyk

151 157

A Transmission Line Scale Model for Characterizing Electric and Magnetic Fields 162 Jaime Estacio, Adolfo Escobar, Guillermo Aponte and Héctor Cadavid Reducing Computational Time in Obtaining 3D Magnetic Field Distributions Emanated from Very High Voltage Power Lines Carlos Lemos Antunes, José Cecílio and Hugo Valente

168

LMAT_SIMAG – The Magnetic Field Numerical Calculator of the Package LMAT_SIMX for Very High Voltage Power Lines Carlos Lemos Antunes, José Cecílio and Hugo Valente

176

Montecarlo Evaluation of Long Term Exposure to ELF Magnetic Fields from Independent Power Lines Giovanni Lucca

188

Medical Image Segmentation Hybrid Algorithm Based on Otsu Method and Markov Random Fields R. Ludwiczuk and P. Mikolajczak

198

The Influence of Electromagnetic Field Polarization on Interfering Voltage at Cardiac Pacemaker Implanted into Human Body Model Arkadiusz Miaskowski, Andrzej Krawczyk, Andrzej Wac-Wlodarczyk and Yoshiyuki Ishihara

207

Effects of Dielectric Properties on Radiofrequency Exposure Compliance Using an Alternative Human Head Model Maia Sauren, Raymond J. McKenzie and Robert L. McIntosh

213

Finite Element Dosimetry of Power Frequency Induced Currents into the Human Body by Using Quasi-Static Zooming Riccardo Scorretti, Le Ha Hoang, Nöel Burais and Alain Nicolas

221

Chapter 5. Electromagnetic Field in Standards and Policy Electromagnetic Fields Measurements – Methods and Accuracy Estimation Pawel Bienkowski Cardio-Vascular Homeostasis and Changes in Geomagnetic Field, Estimated by Dst-Index S. Dimitrova

229

238

x

Progress in the ITU Work Concerning Protection Against Radiation Fryderyk Lewicki A Verification of Quality and Efficiency of Therapeutical System Using Electromagnetic Field Mira Lisiecka-Biełanowicz, Andrzej Krawczyk and Adam Lusawa

244

249

Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillator and UMTS Telephones Interaction Anna Plawiak-Mowna and Andrzej Krawczyk

255

Finishing the German Mobile Telecommunication Research Programme (DMF) Blanka Pophof, Monika Asmuss, Cornelia Baldermann, Anne Dehos, Dirk Geschwentner, Michaela Kreuzer, Christiane Pölzl, Gunde Ziegelberger and Rüdiger Matthes

260

The Effect of MRET Polymer Compound on SAR Values of RF Phones Igor V. Smirnov

264

Assessment of the Results of Tightening the Regulations in the Scope of Protecting the Environment Against the Effects of Electromagnetic Fields with a Frequency of 50 Hz Marek Szuba Author Index

269

277

General Papers

This page intentionally left blank

3


Some Remarks on Life and Achievements of Heinrich Rudolph Hertz on His 150th Birth Anniversary Agnieszka BYLINIAK, Andrzej KRAWCZYK Central Institute for Labour Protection – National Research Institute, Warsaw, Poland

Abstract. In this paper a biographical draft of an eminent German physicist, Heinrich Rudolf Hertz, has been presented. His tremendous contribution to the development of the science of electromagnetism has been underlined with special attention paid to the experimental verification of the crucial and turning point James Clark Maxwell theory. Keywords. Heinrich communication

Rudolph

Hertz,

electromagnetic

wave,

wireless

Introduction It seems to be an undisputable fact that Heinrich Hertz (1857-1894), a German scientist and engineer, was an undoubted hero of the history of electromagnetism, and speaking precisely, its application to telecommunication. Looking at the photograph of the scientist (Figure 1) one can see a face of a noble and solemn man! One should be surprised to hear that he was only 37 at the time of his death. His creative attainments realised in such a short time, and additionally interfered with numerous and serious illnesses, might become a fascinating topic for those who are interested in plumbing the mysteries of human potential.

Figure 1. Heinrich Rudolph Hertz ____________________________________ Corresponding Author: Andrzej Krawczyk, Central Institute for Labour Protection - National Research Institute, Czrniakowska 16, 00-701 Warszawa, poland, e-mail: [email protected]

4

A. Byliniak and A. Krawczyk / Some Remarks on Life and Achievements of Heinrich Rudolph Hertz

1. Short Biography As a schoolboy he had already revealed a distinguishing capabilities not only in sciences but in humanities as well. He read Plato and Greek tragedies in their original versions. He also willingly quoted Homer and Dante, as one of his biographers states [1]. He also studied other subjects with great passion; he shone at practical activities during which demonstrated his avocation for modelling, sketching or for very tangible occupations like carpentry or turnery. There is an anecdote referring to this: a craftsman instructing him in turnery once exclaimed having learnt about his professorship nomination: What a great pity – but that boy could have become a turner worth his salt. Perhaps his passion for practical occupations contributed to his future decision of taking up engineering and studies at Dresden Technical University. However, he soon recognised that his true love was physics, and not technical subjects, so he moved to Berlin University where – for several years- he studied physics with such great scientists as Gustav Kirchoff (1824-1887) and Hermann von Helmholtz (1821-1894). This latter one soon appreciated that young man’s talent and intellectual capabilities. Young Hertz is appointed a difficult problem to be solved, namely he was supposed to determine the mass of electrical carriers. The young scientist made the original instruments necessary for carrying out the experiment by himself. In 1879 he received an award from the department of philosophy both for the successful experiment and dissertation. A year later he is happy with another success. It is his theoretical dissertation on rotating balls in electromagnetic field for which he is admitted his PhD being only 23 years old (Figure 2).

Figure 2 Title page of Hertz’s doctor’s dissertation

Soon, at the age of 28, he receives the chair of physics at Karlsruhe Technical University where, for the first time, he experimentally confirms the existence of electromagnetic waves predicted twenty years earlier by a Scottish scientist John Clerk Maxwell. The year 1888 is an essential date for Hertz as then he finally verifies


5

Maxwell’s theoretical considerations on electromagnetic field. In his laboratory Hertz constructed – all by himself – a transmitting and receiving system. The source of electrical oscillations was an oscillator, and the receiver – a resonator (Figure 3). Placing the resonator in different positions he managed to measure the length of electromagnetic waves. He also determined their speed – it turned out that it was close to that theoretically computed by Maxwell and equals ca. 300 000km/s. The results of the experiment became the evidence of the existence of electromagnetic wave that travels in a vacuum with the light speed.

Figure 3 Hertz’s experiment: up– setup, down - scheme

One should regret very much that Hertz was not able to properly appreciate the results of his experiment. There is again an anecdote referring to it. Once his students at the University of Bonn were impressed, and wondered what use might be made of this marvelous phenomenon. Hertz explained It's of no use whatsoever; this is just an experiment that proves Maestro Maxwell was right, we just have these mysterious electromagnetic waves that we cannot see with the naked eye. But they are there. One of his students insisted: So, what next?. Hertz shrugged and modestly answered: Nothing, I guess. Fortunately, his contemporaries did not share his skepticism. The English mathematical physicist, Oliver Heaviside (1850 – 1925), said in 1891: Three years ago, electromagnetic waves were nowhere. Shortly afterward, they were everywhere. Guglielmo Marconi (1874 - 1937) in his youth read the Hertz article and it inspired him immediately to use Hertz's spark oscillator for signaling. And he realized this idea in introducing radio transmission. In his sequential works Hertz examined properties of electromagnetic waves. In his experiments he gave evidence for optical properties of electromagnetic waves, i.e.

6


for their ability to travel along straight lines, as well as for their refraction and polarization.

2. Death and afterwards That interesting and happy period of Hertz’s life did not last long. Since 1889, when he took up his important post at the chair of Bonn University, he started having serious health problems. Initially the symptoms did not interfere much with his scientific work; however, while becoming more and more serious, they caused that he gave up his research, resigned from his post, stopped conducting university lectures, and they finally led to his too early death. Heinrich Hertz died of blood poisoning on 1 January 1894 in Bonn, and has been buried in the Jewish cemetery in Ohlsdorf, Hamburg, Germany (Fig.4). When Hertz died in Bonn, Germany, in 1894, Sir Oliver Lodge (1851 -1940), British physicist and writer, gave Hertz credit for accomplishing what the great English physicists of the time were unable to do. It was not hard to give Hertz credit. Not only had he established the validity of Maxwell's theorems, he had done so with a winning modesty. And it is worth quoting the passage from one eulogist’s funeral speech: ...he was a noble man who had the singular good fortune to find many admirers, but none to hate or envy him; those who came into personal contact with him were struck by his modesty and charmed by his amiability [3].

Figure 4 Hertz’s grave and his signature

Heinrich Hertz’s experiments confirmed the existence of electromagnetic waves which travel in the air at a very high speed. It is the discovery without which one cannot imagine contemporary telecommunication. Radio, TV, cellular phones and all other kinds of telecommunication equipment would lose their raison d’etre without this knowledge introduced to the scientific culture by the hero of our essay. His contribution to the scientific heritage was acknowledged by the international society. His name was given to the frequency unit – Hertz (Hz). IEC took the decision in 1930.


References [1] [2] [3]

Susskind, Charles, "Heinrich Hertz : a short life". San Francisco Press, 1995 http://www.sparkmuseum.com/hertz.htm http://www.wsone.com/fecha/hertz.htm

7

8


New Horizon in Biomagnetics and Bioimaging Shoogo UENO1 Department of Applied Quantum Physics, Graduate School of Engineering, Kyushu University, Fukuoka 812-8581 Japan

Abstract. New developments in the fields of biomagnetics and bioimaging have enabled the non-invasive brain-function measurement and localization of several human brain functions such as cognition, memory and learning. At the same time new biophysical phenomena such as cell and macromolecular alignment under strong magnetic fields and cancer therapies via magnetic nanoparticles and hyperthermia have opened new paths for biomedical engineering, cancer and immunological treatment. This paper presents a review on the recent work of our group in the topics of transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), magnetoencephalography (MEG), cancer therapy and cell orientation.

Keywords. electromagnetic field, biomagnetism, magnetotherapy, magnetic resonance imaging, transcranial magnetic stimulation.

Introduction Biomagnetics is a multidisciplinary research field that studies the interactions between living organisms and magnetism. It combines a wide range of disciplines from medicine and biology to physics and engineering to investigate the principles of interaction between biological cells and macromolecules while dealing with the repercussions and possible applications arising from these principles. As an example of these applications there are the localized and vectorial transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), the development of bioimaging technologies such as functional magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and magnetoencephalography (MEG), the alignment of diamagnetic cells for tissue regeneration, and innovative cancer therapies. The TMS has enabled us to obtain non-invasive functional mapping of the human brain [2,3] and has therapeutic effects for several diseases such as mental illnesses, ischemia, and cancer [4-10]. On the other hand, MRI and MEG enabled us to identify the locations of human brain functions [11] but, despite these new technologies, it is still difficult to understand the dynamics of brain functions, which include millisecond-level changes in functional regions and dynamic relations between brain neuronal networks (Figure 1). It is for

1 Corresponding Author: Shoogo Ueno, Graduate School of Engineering, Kyushu University, 6-10-1 Hakozaki, Higashi-ku, Fukuoka, 812-8581 Japan, Email: [email protected]

9

S. Ueno / New Horizon in Biomagnetics and Bioimaging

these reasons that we are also developing new bioimaging methods to visualize neuronal electrical activities and electrical conductivities in the brain [12-15]. On the cell manipulation and medical engineering front, we make use of the technological advances in superconducting magnets to study diamagnetic forces on biological macromolecules and cells. This diamagnetic force causes magnetic orientation of macromolecules and cells, which has potential applications in regenerative medicine [16,17]. In this paper, recent advances in biomagnetics and bioimaging for medical applications are reviewed and discussed based on the results obtained mainly in our laboratory. 6

10

Magnetic Flux Density (T)

3

10

Magnetic Stimulation of the Heart (τ =1ms) Magnetic Stimulation of the Brain (τ =0.1ms)

Parting of Water Magnetic Orientation MRI Magnet

1

Magnetophosphene

-3

10

2+

Ca

Earth

Blood Flow Change via Magnetic Stimulation of Sensory Nerves

Release

ELF Consumer Electronics

-6

10

Magnetic Storm Urban Magnetic Fields Hyperthermia

-9

Lung (MPG)

10

Heart (MCG) -12

10

-15

10

SQUID Sensitivity

DC

Mobile Telephone

Brain (MEG) Evoked Fields Brain Stem

1

10

3

10

6

10

9

Frequency of Magnetic Field (Hz) Figure 1. Various biomagnetic phenomena observed at different frequencies and magnetic field intensities

1. Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation In transcranial magnetic stimulation a pulse of a strong magnetic field is used to generate eddy currents and stimulate the brain or the nervous system. However, when using a single coil to do it, the area of stimulation is not well defined. We therefore devised a method of localized brain stimulation using a figure-eight coil [2] (see Figure 2). When a strong electric current is applied to a figure-eight coil over the head for 0.1 ms, a pulsed magnetic field of 1 T is produced. To confirm the better localization of the stimuli using this method, we calculated the spatial distributions of the eddy currents using the finite-element method [4] for figure-eight and circular coils of 50, 75, 100 and 125 mm. The brain surface under the intersection of the figure-eight coil exhibited high current density whereas the circular coils induced more widespread eddy currents, which makes of the figure eight coil a more precise and accurate tool.

10


TMS is a useful method both to examine non-invasively brain functions and to operate biological changes. In particular, it is convenient to examine dynamic brain function without causing any pain, producing so-called “virtual lesions” for a short period of time. We have successfully used this method to noninvasively evaluate the cortical reactivity and functional connections between different brain areas. In our study, we considered an associative memory task involving pairs of Kanji (Chinese) pictographs and unfamiliar abstract patterns [3]. Given that the subjects were Japanese adults fluent in Kanji, only the abstract patterns represented novel material. During memory encoding, TMS was applied over the left and right dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (DLPFC). Robust interference by TMS represents substantial evidence that the right DLPFC is important to encoding non-verbal materials. A significant (P < 0.05) reduction in subsequent recall of new associations was seen only with TMS over the right DLPFC. This result suggests that the right DLPFC contributes to encoding of visual-object associations and is consistent with a material-specific rather than a process-specific model of mnemonic function in DLPFC.

Figure 2: Basic principles of magnetic stimulation using a figure-eight coil. (a) A figure-eight coil on the head. (b) A single ring coil and an induced current pattern. (c) A figure-eight coil and an induced㧙current pattern. After reference 2.


11

Recently, repetitive TMS (rTMS) has also become an increasingly important therapeutic tool for the potential treatment of neurological and psychiatric disorders. We have employed a pulsed magnetic stimulator used in repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) for the treatment of treatment of lesions caused by dopaminergic neurotoxins associated with Parkinson’s disease. The magnetic field peaks were set to 0.75 T (< motor threshold) and 1 T (> motor threshold) for a duration of up to 238 μs. The lesions were induced in the brains of adult male Wister rats and the effect of rTMS on injured neurons was investigated in the rat brain after administration of the neurotoxin MPTP (1-methyl-4-phenyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine) [7]. The rats received rTMS (10 trains of 25 pulses/s for 8 s) 48 h after MPTP injection. Tyrosine hydroxylase (TH) and NeuN expressions were investigated in the substantia nigra. The functional observational battery-hunched posture score for the MPTP-rTMS group was significantly lower and the number of rearing events was higher compared with the MPTP-sham group, results suggesting that rTMS reactivates the dopaminergic system in the brain. Long-term potentiations (LTPs) were observed in both the TMS stimulated and sham control groups. The maintenance phases of LTP (from 10 min after tetanus stimulation to 60 min) of the 0.75 T stimulated group (267+-26%) was significantly enhanced compared with the sham control group (212+-10%) whereas there were no significant differences between the maintenance phases of LTP of the 1.00-T stimulated group (223+-13%) and the sham control group (199+-13%). In contrast, when the rat brain was stimulated by 1.25-T, the LTP was suppressed, suggesting that the effect of rTMS on LTP depends on the stimulus intensity. After hippocampus slices were exposed to ischemic conditions (blood-oxygen deficiency), LTP was induced. The LTP of the stimulated group was enhanced compared with the LTP of the sham control group in each ischemic condition. The rTMS acted as a preconditioning treatment, being effective when delivered before ischemia occurs. The rats received rTMS 48 h after MTPT injection, and tyrosine hydroxylase (TH) and NeuN expressions were investigated in the substantia nigra to examine the possibility of TH positive mediation. Neuronal survival in the substantia nigra pars compacta (SNpc) was evaluated by double labelled (TH, NeuN) immunofluorescence microscopy. The loss of nigral TH+dopaminergic neurons was significantly prevented in the MPTP-rTMS group (62.9+-3.0) compared with the MPTP-sham group (14.8+-2.0). The number of surviving dopamine neurons in the MPTP-sham rats was significantly smaller than in the SNpc of undamaged rats. In contrast, the number of surviving neurons in the MTPT-rTMS group was significantly larger than in the MTPT-sham group. Our results show proof that the rTMS treatment rescues injured dopaminergic SN neurons from cell death due to MTPT toxicity.

2. Magnetoencephalography MEG is a technique to measure the very weak magnetic fields generated by neuronal currents. These biomagnetic fields are measured by a superconducting quantum interference device (SQUID), which detects changes in a magnetic field as weak as 5 fT, with a millisecond temporal resolution. We compared this method with the established electroencephalographic technique by using to both techniques to measure the event-related potential P300 [11]. Multiple equivalent current dipoles were estimated from the P300 and P300m waveforms obtained from visual and somatosensory oddball paradigm tasks. Estimated sources from P300m were located on

12


both sides of the occipito-temporal gyrus for visual stimuli and on the post-central gyrus for somatosensory stimuli. The sources of P300m were modality specific. The equivalent current dipoles of P300 were located on the cingulated gyrus and the thalamus in addition to the locations estimated from P300m. However, the dipoles of P300m in MEG were not located on the cingulated gyrus and the thalamus. The discrepancy between EEG and MEG was due to the difficulty to measure radially oriented dipoles in MEG. MEG is a good tool for the recognition of patterns on the brain, and in our laboratory we have used it to successfully identify the activated area for an early negative component which seems to be associated with pattern recognition processes. This was done by measuring the magnetic fields by comparing the timing and MEG of the negative component obtained when the discrimination of visually presented letters required only the identification of a geometric feature with the brain magnetic fields obtained when the visually presented letters were selected on the basis of their sounds. The geometric discriminative response task involved only the processing of the visual configuration of the letters, whereas the phonetic discriminative response task required an additional grapheme-to-phoneme conversion. The results of this study reflect the postulated differences in cortical processing entailed in the GDRT and PDRT tasks. Furthermore, our laboratory has also been involved in magnetoencephalographic measurements during two types of mental rotations of three-dimensional objects, where the results indicate that the parietal association area has an important role for the visualization of hidden parts of visual stimuli [18].

3. Magnetic Resonance Imaging Estimation of conductivity distributions in the brain is essential for various analyses in biomedical engineering, such as obtaining current distributions in electric stimulation and magnetic stimulation, calculating the absorption of electromagnetic waves from mobile phones, and current-source estimations in EEG and MEG. We have developed three different methods to obtain conductivity distributions in the human brain using MRI, allowing to visualize in vivo the electrical properties of tissues without the need to attach electrodes to the surface of the body and without requirements for complicated image processing. The proposed three different methods for conductivity imaging via MRI are the following: i) a large flip angle method, ii) a third coil method and iii) based on diffusion tensor MRI [12,13,19]. i) When conductive tissues are subjected to an RF field in MRI, eddy currents are induced, which results in a reduction of the net RF fields. By this shielding effect, the flip angles (i.e., nutation angles of the macroscopic magnetization of excited spins) are reduced in varied degrees, depending on the electrical characteristics of the tissues. When a precise 180, 360 or 540 excitation pulse is applied to conductive tissues, the tissues do not yield a signal due to the absence of the transversal components of magnetization. Meanwhile, resistive tissues yield signals because they are less electrically shielded than conducting tissues and simultaneously undergo different flip angles. Also, the resistive tissues leave transversal components with magnitudes determined by the sine wave functions of flip angles. The difference in signal, therefore, reflects the conductivity of tissues.


13

ii) To obtain a conductivity-enhanced images at an arbitrary frequency, an additional time-varying field parallel to the main static field B0 can be introduced via a third coil. By the perturbing field or Bc field, slice positioning of the image is affected, and the slice selection fluctuates. Spatial information in the read-out and phase-encoded directions are also affected. Conducting tissues are less affected by Bc field, because of the shielding effects and conductivity-enhanced images can be obtained at any frequency but in the direction perpendicular to the Bc field. iii) The diffusion components of biological tissues are usually divided into a fast and a slow component. Thanks to the proportionality between conductivity and diffusion coefficient, we can estimate the tissue conductivity by measuring the fast diffusion component, which corresponds to diffusion in the extracellular fluid.

Figure 3: Color map of the conductivity in the brain as measured by the conductivity MRI method iii) described in the text. The intensities of red, green, and blue are proportional to the conductivities in the anteriorposterior, right-left, and superior inferior directions, respectively. From reference 19.

All the described methods lead to qualitative in vivo MRI conductivity imaging of brain tissues in rats and humans without the need of invasive techniques. Furthermore, using the third method the spatial distribution of anisotropic conductivity of the human brain was obtained. We observed that the gray matter did not have a clear dependence of conductivity on direction, whereas the internal capsule and the corpus callosum had higher values of mean conductivity and anisotropy (Figure 3). This anisotropy is attributable to the anatomical structures of these regions, diffusion of water molecules in the extracellular fluid is disturbed by the cell membranes, and the fact that diffusibility is higher in the direction of neuronal fibers than in other directions.

14


4. Magnetic Cancer Therapy From the combination of nanotechnology and magnetism aroused the original technique of magnetic hyperthermia as cancer treatment, where magnetic nanoparticles irradiated with radio frequency magnetic fields are used to increase the temperature of a tumoral region [20]. Our laboratory has explored two other different approaches to cancer therapy via the magnetic forces acting on functionalised magnetic beads and the use of pulsed magnetic stimulation. The first method makes use of magnetic beads functionalised to attach to specific (tumoral) cells and moving along the field gradients generated by magnetic pulses to destroy these cells [8]. We combined TCC-S leukemic cells with magnetizable beads (diameter = 4.5 ± 0.2 μm, magnetic mass susceptibility = (16.3 ± 3) x 10-5 m3/kg). After combination the cell / bead / antibody complexes were placed on a magnet for enough aggregation. The aggregated beads were then stimulated by a circular-shaped coil which produced a maximum of 2.4 T at the center of the coil. After stimulation, the viability of the cells was measured, and the cells were observed under a scanning electron microscope. The viability of the aggregated and stimulated cell / bead /antibody complexes was significantly decreased, and the cells were destructed by the penetration of the beads into the cells or rupturing of the cells by the beads (Figure 4). We hypothesize that the instantaneous pulsed magnetic forces cause the aggregated beads to forcefully penetrate or rupture the targeted cells. The magnetic force acting on any particular material is proportional to the magnetic field, magnetic field gradient, and the magnetic susceptibility of the material. When the nanoscale particles inside the beads are closely assembled, the magnetic mass susceptibility is sufficiently high to force the attachment of the beads to the cells by the magnetic force. The magnetic force acting on the aggregated beads was strong enough to shift the beads and damage the cells.

Figure 4: Scanning electron micrographs of the cell/bead/antibody complexes with and without pulsed magnetic stimulation. (a) The non magnetically stimulated cell/bead/antibody complex was not damaged. (b) The stimulated cell/bead/antibody complexes were damaged by penetration of the beads. Scale bars ¼ 4:5 μm. After reference 8.

To consider whether magnetic fields could have a therapeutic effect on their own right and without using magnetic beads or nanoparticles, we investigated the effects of repetitive magnetic stimulation on tumors and immune functions [9, 10]. Magnetic stimulations were applied from a circular coil with the following conditions: peak magnetic field = 0.25 T (at the center of the coil), frequency = 25 pulses / sec, 1000


15

pulses / sample/ day and magnetically induced eddy currents in mice = 0.79-1.54 Am-2. Our tumor growth study showed a significant tumor weight decrease due to the application of magnetic stimulation (54 % vs. the sham group). An immunological assay was also performed to examine the effects of the magnetic stimulation on immune functions. The in vivo study measured the production of apoptosis related cytokines (tumor necrosis factor) TNF-α and IL-2 in the spleen after exposure to the magnetic stimulation for 3 or 7 times. We found that TNF-α production significantly increased in the stimulated group (146-164 % vs. the sham group). In an in vitro study, isolated spleen cells (lymphocytes) were exposed to the magnetic stimulation (25 pulses/sec, 1000 pulses per sample, and eddy currents: 2.36-2.90 A/m 2) and a proliferation assay was performed. The proliferation activity of the lymphocytes was upregulated in the exposed samples. These results indicate that the immune functions might be activated by repetitive magnetic stimulation exposure, resulting in a tumor weight decrease.

5. Magnetic Control of Cell Orientation When diamagnetic materials such as fibrin, collagen, osteoblasts, epithelial, Schwann and smooth muscle cells are exposed to static magnetic fields of T order, these materials align either parallel or perpendicular to the direction of the magnetic field due to the magnetic anisotropy of the materials [21] (Figure 5). This phenomenon offers particular interest for biomedical engineering applications in tissue regeneration, such as bone formation and nerve re-growth, the two examples we have studied and relate next. The introduction of bone formation to an intentional orientation is a potentially viable clinical treatment for bone disorders [16,22]. We have investigated the effects of static magnetic fields of 8 T on bone formation in both in vivo and in vitro systems [16]. After 60 h of exposure to the magnetic field, cultured mouse osteoblastic MC3T3-E1 cells were transformed to rod-like shapes and were oriented in the direction parallel to the magnetic field. Although the magnetic field exposure did not affect cell proliferation, it upregulated cell differentiation and matrix synthesis as determined by alkaline phosphatase and Alizarin red stainings, respectively. The magnetic fields also stimulated ectopic bone formation in and around subcutaneously implanted bone morphogenetic protein-2 (BMP-2) containing pellets in mice, in which the orientation of bone formation was parallel to the magnetic field. Strong magnetic fields have the potency to stimulate bone formation as well as to regulate its orientation in both in vitro and in vivo models. We propose that the combination of strong magnetic fields and a potent osteogenic agent such as BMP may possibly lead to an effective treatment of bone fractures and defects. On the nervous system, Schwann cells aid in neuronal regeneration in the peripheral nervous system by guiding the regrowth of axons. We have found that it is possible to guide the growth of Schwann cells by exposing them to 8 T magnetic fields, or cultivating them in magnetically oriented collagen gels [17]. We have also successfully used this magnetic control of Schwann cell alignment as a nerve regeneration technique in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Sciatic nerves in Wister rats were transected, and immediately afterwards a silicone tube (1.5 mm in diameter, 15 mm long) filled with type I collagen was used to bridge the space of the nerve defect as an artificial nerve graft. Two types of silicone tubes were prepared: one was filled with

16


randomly oriented collagen fibers as a control, and the other was filled with collagen fibers oriented magnetically by 2 hours of exposure to 8 T fields. 12 weeks afterwards the number of regenerated axons was observed by morphological measurements and the function of the newly generated axons was tested by recording the compound action potentials in vivo. We observed the sciatic nerve regeneration 12 weeks after neurotomy in both control and magnetically treated groups. The morphological examination showed that the numbers and diameters of the regenerated myelinated fibers in the silicone tubes gave a significant difference between control and magnetically treated groups. The number of fibers was 373.4 +-27.6 (treated) and 274.0 +-11.7 (control). The diameters of the axons were 5.81 +-0.087 um (treated) and 5.53 +-0.064 um (control). We measured the compound action potentials to evaluate the functional connection across the silicone tube bridge. The potentials propagated in 2 out of 6 samples in the control group, and in all of the 6 samples of the treated group, strongly suggesting that a magnetically aligned collagen structure can guide the growth cone and nerve axon, which results in the acceleration of nerve regeneration.

Figure 5: Magnetic orientation of biological macromolecules and cells in an 8 T magnetic field. From references 17, 21 and 23.


17

6. Conclusions

Biomagnetics and bioimaging are thus leading medicine and biology into a new horizon through the novel applications discussed above. With the increasing integration of medicine and engineering, biomagnetics and bioimaging are further developing into a new science that encompasses a wide range of fields, including physics and cognitive science, integrating their diverse cultures to create a new, original discipline.

Acknowledgment This study was supported by a Grant-in-Aid for Scientific Research (S) (no. 17100006) from the Japan Society for the Promotion of Science (JSPS). The author thanks Masaki Sekino, Mari Ogiue-Ikeda, Hirofumi Funamizu and Yawara Eguchi, all Ph.D. students at the Deparment of Biomedical Engineering, Graduate School of Medicine, the University of Tokyo, for their contribution to this research project.

References [1] S. Ueno, IEEE Eng. Med. Biol. 18 (1999), pp. 108-120. [2] S. Ueno, T. Tashiro, and K. Harada, J. Appl. Phys., 64 (1988) pp. 5862-5864. [3] C.M. Epstein, M. Sekino, K. Yamaguchi, S. Kamiya and S. Ueno, Neurosci. Lett. 320 (2002), pp. 5-8. [4] M. Sekino and S. Ueno, IEEE Trans. Magn. 40 (2004), pp. 2167-2169. [5] M. Ogiue-Ikeda, S. Kawato and S. Ueno, Brain Res. 993 (2003), pp. 222-226. [6] M. Ogiue-Ikeda, S. Kawato and S. Ueno, Brain Res. 1037 (2005), pp. 7-11. [7] H. Funamizu, M. Ogiue-Ikeda, H. Mukai, S. Kawato and S. Ueno, Neurosci. Lett. 383 (2005), pp. 77-81. [8] M. Ogiue-Ikeda, Y. Sato and S. Ueno, IEEE Trans. Nanobiosci. 2 (2003), pp. 262-265. [9] S. Yamaguchi, M. Ogiue-Ikeda, M. Sekino, S. Ueno, IEEE Trans. Magn., 41 (2005), pp. 4182-4814. [10] S. Yamaguchi, M. Ogiue-Ikeda, M. Sekino, S. Ueno, Bioelectromag. 27 (2006), pp. 64-72. [11] T. Maeno, A. Kaneko, K. Iramina, F. Eto and S. Ueno, IEEE Trans. Magn. 39 (2003), pp. 3396-3398. [12] M. Sekino, K. Yamaguchi, N. Iriguchi and S. Ueno, J. Appl. Phys. 93 (2003), pp. 6730-6732. [13] M. Sekino, Y. Inoue and S. Ueno, Neurol. Clin. Neurophysiol. 55 (2004), pp. 1-5. [14] M. Sekino, H. Mihara, N. Iriguchi and S. Ueno, J. Appl. Phys. 97 (2005), article #10R303. [15] T. Hatada, M. Sekino and S. Ueno, J. Appl. Phys. 97 (2005), article #10E109. [16] H. Kotani, H. Kawaguchi, T. Shimoaka, M. Iwasaka, S. Ueno, H. Ozawa, K. Nakamura and K. Hoshi, J. Bone Miner. Res. 17 (2002), pp. 1814-1821. [17] Y. Eguchi, M. Ogiue-Ikeda and S. Ueno, Neurosci. Lett. 351 (2003), pp. 130-132. [18] H. Kawamichi, Y. Kikuchi and S. Ueno, IEEE Trans. Magn. 41 (2005), pp. 4200-4202. [19] M. Sekino, Y. Inoue and S. Ueno, IEEE Trans. Magn. 41 (2005), pp. 4203-4205. [20] R. Hergt, W. Andrä, C. G. d’Ambly et al., IEEE Trans. Magn. 34 (1998), pp. 3745-3754. [21] S. Ueno and M. Sekino, J. Magn. Magn. Mat. 304 (2006), pp. 122-127. [22] H. Kotani, M. Iwasaka, S. Ueno et al., J. App. Phys. 87 (2000), pp. 6191-6193. [23] M. Iwasaka, J. Miyakoshi and S. Ueno, In Vitro Cel. Devel. Biol. Animal (2003), pp. 120-123.

18


Self-Field Theory: Analytic Spectroscopy of the Photon Anthony H. J. FLEMING Biophotonics Research Institute, Australia. [email protected]

Abstract. Self-field theory (SFT) provides deterministic eigensolutions to the Maxwell-Lorentz equations for the hydrogen atom where Planck’s constant =

q2 is the energy per cycle of the principal eigenstate [1]. Based on a 4 πε 0 ve

composite (hydrogenic) photon, an analytic expression for photon mass is obtained mγ c 2 =

ωγ ve

, where ωγ is a discrete photon transition frequency within each cycle of the electron. This expression is compatible with the fine-structure v constant α = e = c

4c

4mγ c 2 , where mγ = 0.396×10−55 kg ( 0.221×10−19 eV ). Thus there ωγ

is a series of eigenstates within individual photons, like the atom, that vary with the ambient energy density or temperature. Within atoms and molecules, photon substructure introduces a previously unknown mechanism by which binding energies can vary between strong and weak structures in variation with the ambient energy density, or temperature. A range of physical and biological examples support photon substructure with its associated photon spectroscopy. Keywords. Self-field theory, quantum field theory, Planck's constant, fine structure constant, composite photon, photon mass, photon spectroscopy, Schumann resonance, atomic structure, molecular structure.

1. Introduction Like quantum mechanics (QM) and quantum field theories (QFTs) in general, SFT is both an analytic and a numerical method for solving field-particle equations. Unlike QFTs however, SFT does not involve probabilistic inner products, but rather uses the Lorentz equation and the virial relationships in addition to Maxwell’s equations to solve for the periodic dynamic motions. SFT uses the E- and H-fields directly rather than any derived potential functions and hence gauge and a necessity for any quadratic functional form is avoided a priori; the field equations are first order rather than second order. Importantly the E- and H-fields within SFT are not ubiquitous throughout space as in classical electromagnetics (EM), but are discrete and particulate, albeit of minute size compared with particles such as electrons, neutrons and protons. The atomic binding field is not assumed to permeate all space out to infinity or even within the atom, but it is stream-like, the photons all following each other performing helical spirals while transiting to and fro between the electrons and the nucleus. The photon, rather than being a single point particle with a dual wave/particle nature termed a matter-wave, is assumed to have an internal structure, i.e. is composite, perhaps fractal

A.H.J. Fleming / Self-Field Theory: Analytic Spectroscopy of the Photon

19

in nature. It is also assumed to move in two orthogonal directions. This leads to important mathematical differences to quantum methods and with classical EM. In SFT mass-point particles are non-singular as they are assumed to always move as physical spinor1 never residing at their origins, unlike QFTs where probabilistic renormalization is necessary. Uncertainty is seen as a numerical factor due to the way the photon is modeled and not, as described by Heisenberg, as a limitation to our knowledge. SFT can be used in situations where dynamic balances hold between interacting particles as in the hydrogen atom [1-2]. In the physical world SFT may be able to provide solutions to questions such as how snow flakes form in such myriad different forms and the reason for the layering seen within the atmosphere. In biophysics, the shape of the DNA protein varies with the ambient energy inside a cell. SFT was recently used to examine possible internal structures of the photon [4-5]. One possible structure of the ordinary photon is hydrogenic as shown in Fig. 1; two sub-photonic particles termed the ephectron and the phroton have equal mass and opposite charge. This provides Einstein's photoelectric energy E = hν and gives the proper continuous energy-frequency response unlike the discrete physics of the atom where the electron and proton have differing masses. The sub-photonic E- and H- fields for the two interacting particles are calculated using a SFT formulation similar to that applied to the hydrogen atom. Except for the equal masses forming the composite photon, SFT applies to the photon in a similar way it applies to the hydrogen atom. Hence there is a strong similarity between the photon's eigenstates and those of the hydrogen atom. The main parameter in the analytic spectroscopy of the ordinary photon is its mass, similar to the principal mode of the hydrogen atom where the electron mass specifies the spectroscopy. If the photon mass is known, the spectroscopy of photons can be examined in detail. The transition frequencies are expressed in terms of a continuous series,

1 ⎞ ⎛ 1 ν γ = Rγ ⎜ 2 − 2 ⎟ n ⎠ ⎝m

(1)

where, m = 1,2,3... n = 2,3,4... The photon Rydberg number

Rγ =

qγ4 mγ 8ε 02 h3 c

=

mγ ( 8 2 π 3 )ε 0 vo 2 ro qγ 2

(2)

is a photon-specific function of mass and charge. These frequencies may be related to the well-known Schumman frequencies whereby the ionosphere is layered during sunlight. Other physical applications of photon substructure may include snowflake design and the buildup of avalanches. These and other phenomenon may enable mathematical investigation, hopefully empirical support for photon substructure.

1

Dirac spinors can be described as mathematical unitarian spinors whereas SFT spinors are actual motions. SFT spinors are based on the analytic form of Heinrich Hertz's original potential functions [3].

20


q +γ rc + mγ

m- γ rc q- γ ro

ro

Figure 1. Photon sub-structure consists of two particles, the ephectron, and the phroton, of equal mass

1 1 mγ = mγ+ = mγ− and opposite charge qγ = qγ+ = − qγ− . Each has two spinorial motions 2 2 like the electron and proton in the hydrogen atom.

2. Mass of the Photon The issue of photon mass has remained unanswered during the past century [6]. Moreover since the early days of QM, molecular structure has been studied using QM primarily as a numerical tool [7]. At the same time important theoretical problems such as the theory of the covalent bond of H2 remain. In the SFT analysis of the hydrogen atom, the atom was modelled mathematically via two point-mass particles, the electron, and the proton, an extension to the early Bohr model [1]. The eigenstructure of the hydrogen atom forms into two balanced halves, one is a balance between the electron and the E- and H-fields as shown below in Eq (3); another half, not shown, but identical in form, balances the proton with the fields. The overall structure thus involves the electron and the proton on the left hand side, with the photon on the right hand side. It is seen that the sides consist of moving particles and hence the concept of elastic collisions emerges between the electron with a stream of photons, and the proton with the same stream of photons.

⎡ 1 0 ⎤ ⎡Ve ⎤ ⎡ ω ⎤ ⎢ 0 1 ⎥ ⎢T ⎥ = ⎢ ω ⎥ ⎣ ⎦⎣ e⎦ ⎣ ⎦

(3)

q2 Planck’s constant = , the energy per cycle of the principal eigenstate, 4πε 0 ve depends on the motions of the electron, proton, and photon; all are involved in the


21

atom's dynamic balance. The photon performs many relativistic transitions back and forth between the proton and electron within each cycle of the electron and proton that rotate coherently about their centre of mass. Since the photon must perform a discrete number of transits per cycle for the atom's energy to be preserved this suggests collisional based polygonal rotations for both the electron and proton rather than the assumed circular rotations given by spinor theory and used by both SFT and QFTs. The phase length of the photon each time it transits π

2

will maintain the overall periodicity

of the atom providing a method for analytically comparing the energy of the photon 2

with that of the electron mγ c =

ω γ v e 4c

, where ω γ is the collision frequency of the

photon. Assuming a polygonal motion circumscribes a circle representing the Bohr mageton, the photon collision frequency is estimated as 54 from the known value of the Landé g-factor. Thus mγ evaluates to 0.396 × 10

−55

kg ( 0.221 × 10−19 eV ). The

analytic expression for the photon mass is compatible with the expression for the finestructure constant α =

2 ve 4mγ c = . The numerical value for mγ is compatible with ω γ c

the experimental estimates for the lower limit mass listed by the Particle Data Group [8]. 3. Discussion: The Role of the Photon in Microbiology Cells are fundamental building blocks of tissues and operate in concert with a range of other tissue-specific components. The extra cellular matrix (ECM) can comprise structural and connection fibres between and within cells. Cells are a community of individual entities sharing their energies via cell dynamics and cell-to-cell communication of photons and in addition to the ECM, other short-range mechanisms. Cells thus adapt their individual energy states as the cell cycle proceeds; some cells die while others replicate. The state of a cell at any time depends in part on the health of the surrounding tissue. The photon mechanism investigated within this report reveals that the energy of the EM binding field within DNA may well control the strength and elasticity of the protein that is observed to vary across the cell cycle. As the energy of the intracellular medium changes, the bond becomes more rigid, less able to coil. Metaphase is one point in the cell cycle where the bonds across the bases are ready to become disassociated in forming the two daughter chromatids. Part of DNA’s structure involves hydration between bases across its internal core. The continuous nature of the photon's energy creates a precipitous reaction as the energy finally reaches a point where the photon's internal dynamics changes abruptly from one spin state to another resulting in the bond being wrenched apart. These hydration states of DNA may be fundamental to the cell cycle. The photon transition energies may act as 'triggers' within the cell cycle. At the same time as this binding energy reaction process occurs in chromosomes, surrounding cells polarize causing proteins to diffuse within the cell membranes allowing electrostatic fields to form within the cell and an electric gradient between the spindle poles, similar to a capacitor. Energy is pumped into the cell via this polarization mechanism. Under the electric gradient, the chromosome begins to stretch

22


out to its full molecular reach. This may be due to the photon states gradually causing the hydration bonds to assume a form akin to a liquid crystal. This represents a major difference between in vivo and in vitro cell reactions. At the same time, this photon mechanism may be responsible for the observed efflux of photons from DNA strands [9]. Motions of proteins within the cell membrane in part control the energy state of the DNA. The dielectric response of cells is a polarization process of diffusing proteins within the membrane, and also a rotation of these same proteins. The dielectric response of tissues is predominantly dipolar at ELF frequencies when most of the cells align in a similar direction without many rotations occurring. As the external frequency of a perturbing field is raised to RF for instance, rotational motions within a cell’s membrane increase and the average polarization across a tissue decreases due to these rotational diffusions. These frequencies can be related to the complex dielectric constants. External EM fields thus perturb the endogenous cell dynamics. No single photon energy or frequency drives all cells in a tissue. A set of frequencies maps out how a tissue can remain viable, or conversely fall into disrepair, depending on the overall management of the cells over the entire tissue. As each cell develops, it has a specific set of frequencies that are associated with the bases of the DNA code within the cell cycle. As the energy in the cell drops, each specific frequency is engaged. In apoptosis the cell frequency becomes chaotic. So each cell is in a particular state at any time. The overall tissue frequency is a weighted average over the complete tissue. This is a macroscopic quantity whereas the DNA in each cell has a specific photon frequency state, or binding energy state. In time a degenerative action (aging) may occur via hydration states. In keeping with the cellular mechanisms discussed above, both the intracellular and extracellular components of tissues operate within certain energies or frequency bands causing hydration binding to become important aging factors if the energy associated with the tissue diminishes over time. Stiffening of joints and limbs may be related to a lowering of the photonic energy states within the hydration bonds associated with proteins and the ECM. 4. Conclusion This report gives insight of the role of the photon as the binding energy of atoms and molecules. Discussed is a previously unknown discrete process by which the photon transits between electron and nucleus. This photon transit mechanism appears related to a number of energy or temperature dependent processes where bonds range between strong and weak structures. Physical processes such as the ionospheric layering and biological processes such as the cell cycle may well involve photons of specific energy states. References [1] [2] [3]

A. H. J. Fleming, Electromagnetic self-field theory and its application to the hydrogen atom, Physics Essays, vol. 18, 3, 2005. W. Heisenberg, The physical principles of the quantum theory, Dover, New York, NY, 1949. A. Von Hippel, Dielectrics and waves, John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1962.

A.H.J. Fleming / Self-Field Theory: Analytic Spectroscopy of the Photon [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]

23

A. H. J. Fleming, E. B. Colorio (nee Bauer), A Predicted Photon Chemistry, BEMS-26, Washington DC, June 2004. A. H. J. Fleming, E. B. Colorio (nee Bauer), The Spectroscopy of the EM Field-a Predicted Photon Chemistry, 3rd International Wkshp on Biological effects of EM Fields, Kos, Greece, October 2004. L.B. Okun, Photon 2005, Warsaw, 2005. L. Pauling, The Nature of the Chemical Bond. New York, Cornell Univ Press, 1960. C. Caso et al. Particle Data Group, European Physical Journal C3, 1, 1998. R. Van Wilk,. Bio-photons and bio-communication, Journal of Scientific Exploration, vol 15, 2,.2001.


Chapter 1 Electromagnetic Field and Environment



27

Supervision of State System of Protection against 0 Hz – 300 GHz Electromagnetic Fields Exposure in Poland Halina ANIOŁCZYK1 Nofer Institute of Occupational Medicine, Lodz, Poland

Abstract. For 35 years already, a system for monitoring EMF exposure has been in operation in Poland. The system has been focussed primarily on the assessment of occupational exposure of the workers in plants and institutions using EMFproducing equipments, systems or installations, referred to as EMF sources. The system for monitoring of occupational EMF exposure is associated with human environmental protection. This paper presents the principles for the state system of protection against EMF and the project of the preparatory steps to be undertaken in association with Poland’s accession to the European Union. Keywords. electromagnetic field, system of monitoring exposure

1. Introduction In Poland, in 1970’s, State System of Monitoring Electromagnetic Field Sources was established, later on it has been renamed to State System of Monitoring Exposures to Electromagnetic Fields (EMF). Within the System, the State Sanitary Inspection (SSI) is responsible for the protection of the workers, while the problems of the protection of the general population from the environmental EMF are run by the Environmental Protection Inspection. Central Register of EMF Sources used for sanitary purposes, which continues to be updated each year, constitutes an element of the System. After Poland has accessed the European Union, it is necessary that the principles and regulations of the existing system be adjusted to the EU relevant regulations. The main legal regulations issued by the Euro Parliament and the EU Council include Directives, which are obligatory, and Recommendations, which are not obligatory. A Project has been prepared in Poland, intended to reinforcement the control over the State System of Monitoring Exposures to Electromagnetic Fields by implementing the EU methodology and practices. The Project has been accepted by the EU Commission and is being implemented since 2007 in collaboration with the Italian partner. The beneficiaries of the Transition Facility 2005 Twinning Contract PL2005/IB/SO/01 “Strengthening of State supervision and monitoring system of exposure to electromagnetic fields” include: Polish Ministry of Health, Chief Sanitary Inspector and the Nofer Institute of Occupational Medicine (NIOM), Lodz, Poland. The collaborating partners include the Italian Ministry of Health, Regional Agency for Environmental Protection of Toscany 1 Nofer Institute of Occupational Medicine, 91-348 Lodz, Teresy Street 8, Poland, E-mail: [email protected]

28

H. Aniołczyk / Supervision of State System of Protection Against 0 Hz – 300 GHz EMF Exposure

(ARPAT) and the Agency of the Italian Public Administration Department of the Prime Minister’s Office (FORMEZ).

2. Legal Background The underlying legal regulations for the State System of Protection against EMF are of various ranks, of which the highest is the Constitution; the regulations include acts of parliament, e.g. labour code, and some minor regulations on labour health protection. Currently in Poland the questions of the protection of health of workers operating EMF-producing devices are regulated by the Labour Code and the associated executory provisions, such as: − Regulation of the Minister of Labour and Social Policy of 29 Nov. 2002 on the highest admissible concentrations and intensities of harmful agents at workplace [1]; − Regulation of the Minister of Health of 20 April 2005 on testing and measuring of harmful agents at workplace [2]. The matters of the protection of the general population from EMF are regulated by the Law on Environmental Protection [3] and the executory provisions thereto, such as e.g. the Regulation of 30 Oct. 2003 by the Minister of the Environment on the admissible environmental EMF levels and methods to ensure that the levels are not exceeded [4]. In EU, the legal background for safety and health of workers includes directives based on Item 118A of the EU Treaty. The directives represent minimum standards, i.e. they do not infringe on the more stringent national regulations. The directives on labour health and safety referring to risks from physical agents, such as e.g. EMF, include: − Council Directive 89/391/EEC of 12th June 1989 on the introduction of measure to encourage improvements in the safety and health of workers at work [5]. − Directive 2004/40/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29th April 2004 on the minimum health and safety requirements regarding the exposure of workers to the risks arising from physical agents (electromagnetic fields) (18th individual directive within the meaning of Article 16(1) of Directive 89/391/EEC) [6]. To protect the general population from EMF, the EU Commission suggests the use of: − Council recommendation 1999/519/EC of 12th July 1999 on the limitation of exposure of the general public to 0 Hz ¸ 300 GHz electromagnetic fields [7].

3. Aims The major aims of the State System of Monitoring Exposures to Electromagnetic Fields currently operated in Poland include: • sure correctly structured monitoring of environmental and occupational EMF exposures. • Collect, on the nation-wide level, the information on EMF-emitting devices, installations and systems, and EMF exposure levels (computer-aided Data Base).


• •

29

Eliminate and reduce unnecessary and excessive exposures to EMF in a competent, comprehensive, and correct manner. Ensure expert advice and information exchange to the personnel of research institutions and control laboratories by organising, on a regular basis, workshops, training courses and scientific conferences on modern measurement techniques with a view to limit EMF exposures and to extend personnel’s knowledge on the health effects of EMF exposures to humans and EMF environmental effects.

4. Organisations and Institutions Responsible for the Development and Management Solutions adopted in Poland are based on offices, institutions, and other state organisations, the statute of which includes the above mentioned tasks, such as the State Sanitary Inspection, the State Labour Inspection, and the Environmental Protection Inspection. • Activities associated with health protection are supervised by the State Sanitary Inspection (SSI) through the network of its 16 regional Sanitary Epidemiological Stations (SES) and their agencies located in industry-intense regions. SSI is managed by the Chief Sanitary Inspector (CSI). Institutions operating EMF-emitting devices are supervised by SES personnel that, in addition to commercial accredited control and measurement laboratories, performs measurements of EMF exposures at workplaces. Those SSI activities constitute the basis for running the Data Base on EMF Sources. The collected data is used to prepare the Annual Report on Protection against 0 Hz-300 GHz EMF in the Occupational Environment. • Authorised by the Chief Sanitary Inspector, the Nofer Institute of Occupational Medicine (NIOM), Lodz, Poland, runs a register of EMF sources, known as the Central Register of Electromagnetic Field Emitting Sources for Sanitary Purposes, which is updated each year. The Central Register quoted above is compiled from the Regional Registers that contain: a list of plants using EMF-emitting devices; the number of EMF sources classified according to the category of plant’s economic activity; number of people exposed to EMF arranged according to EMF exposure indices. The Central and Regional Data Bases on EMF Sources constitute a major component in the structure of EMF Sources Control System in Poland. • The supervision and monitoring of working conditions, and in particular of compliance to the labour health and safety rules, is exercised by the State Labour Inspection through its network of 16 Regional State Labour Inspectorates (SLI). • Chief Inspector of Environmental Protection is obliged to supervise the compliance with the regulations on the environmental protection and monitor the condition of the environment, and in particular: − organise and coordinate state’s environmental monitoring, − develop and implement methods to monitor and measure the environmental characteristics.

30


Governmental and self-governmental organs running registers and lists, performing determinations and observations, and preparing analyses on the conditions of the environment are obliged to make the environmental data available, free of charge, for the purpose of environmental monitoring. To that end, 16 regional environmental protection inspectorates have been established.

5. Twinning Project on the Collaboration for the Transition Facility and Adjusting the State Rules to the European Union Directives According to the 2002 data collected by the NIOM Lodz, over 60 thousand EMFemitting devices have been recorded in Poland, of which 63% were those used in radio communication, 21% in the industry, 15% in heath services and ca. 1% in the science. Over 45 thousand workers are users of those devices. January/February 2007 saw the beginning of the implementation of the Contracting Authority Transition Facility 2005, Twinning Contract PL2005/IB/SO/01 on Strengthening of State Supervision and Monitoring System of Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields. The project is intended to: − Ensure implementation in Poland of the EU methods and practices for assessment of the risk of worker and general population exposure to EMF through adjusting Polish legal regulations to the EU law in the sphere of the protection of labour and general population exposed to 0 Hz - 300 GHz EMF. − Enhance the supervision over the existing State System of Monitoring Exposures to Electromagnetic Fields through increasing the competence of the personnel responsible for that controlling by personnel’s participation in training courses and workshops. As part of an investment contract, modern equipment for EMF measurements shall be acquired for SES and NIOM. A service contract provides for modernisation, and adjusting to EU directives, of the annually updated Central Register of EMF Sources Used for Sanitary Purposes that serves as a tool for the assessment and management of occupational risk, including occupational exposure to EMF. As a result of modernisation of the existing software used to run the Data Base on EMF Sources, the latter shall be renamed to State Information System for Recording and Monitoring EMF Sources and EMF-Exposed Workers, and for Classification of that Exposure. The Resident Twinning Advisers (RTA) and other expert aid is necessary to ensure that the Project objectives are duly achieved. The RTA reside in Poland throughout the duration of the Project as he is responsible for supervision and co – ordination of the Project’s implementation. Short- and long-time experts from various fields, such as organisation and management, measurement techniques, epidemiology, computer sciences, as well as experts in effects of EMF exposure, help in the implementation of the Project. The implementation of the Project shall result in preparing the background for the incorporation of Directive 2004/40/EC into the national regulations and into the system of EMF control through: • preparation of Procedure Book for the operation of the State Supervision System according to the requirements of the respective EU directives, • training of expert personnel to run the State System of Monitoring Exposures to Electromagnetic Fields,


•

31

preparation of a Report on the ways of adjusting EU Directive requirements to the System, decisions by: − Minister of Health, − Minister of Labour, − Minister of Environmental Protection.

References [1]

[2] [3] [4]

[5] [6]

[7] [8]

Regulation of the Minister of Labour and Social Policy of 29th Nov. 2002 on the maximum admissible concentrations and intensities of agents harmful to human health at workplaces. Annex 2. Part E. Journal of Laws. 217.1833 (2002, in Polish). Regulation of the Minister of Health of 20th April 2005 on the determinations and measurements of agents harmful to human health at workplaces. Journal of Laws. 73.645 (2005, in Polish). Act of 27th July – Environmental Protection Law. Journal of Laws. 62.627 as amended later on (2001, in Polish). Regulation of the Minister of Environment of 30th October 2003 on the maximum admissible environmental EMF intensities and methods to verify that the intensities are not exceeded, Journal of Laws. 73.645 (2003, in Polish). 89/391/EEC, Council Directive 89/391/EEC of 12th June 1989 on the introduction of measure to encourage improvements in the safety and health of workers at work. OJ L 183, (29.6.1989), 1. 2004/40/EC, Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29th April 2004 on the minimum health and safety requirements regarding the exposure of workers to the risks arising from physical agents (electromagnetic fields) (18th individual directive within the meaning of Article 16(1) of Directive 89/391/EEC). OJ L 159, (30.4.2004), 1. Council recommendation 1999/519/EC of 12th July 1999 on the limitation of exposure of the general public to electromagnetic fields (0 Hz to 300 GHz), OJ L 199, (30.7.1999), 39. Notification of the Twinning Project Partners, Twinning contract PL 2005/IB/SO/01 Strengthening of State supervision and monitoring system of exposure to electromagnetic fields, Office of the Committee for European Integration. Undersecretary of State Tadeusz Kozek. Sekr.Min.TK/7410/159.1/0130/2007/DPR-WG. Warsaw, (11.01.2007).

32


Electromagnetic Interaction and Ergonomic Aspect Related to Operation of Computer Monitors Karol BEDNAREK Institute of Electrical Engineering and Electronics, Poznan University of Technology, Poland

Abstract. The paper deals with environmental interaction of electromagnetic fields emitted by computer monitors. Moreover, an ergonomic problem is considered that is related to the work of computer users and interaction of the network frequency magnetic field with screen monitors. The paper also provides opinions on the results of calculation and measurements of electromagnetic fields caused by computer monitors. Keywords. Electromagnetic interaction, computer monitors, electromagnetic fields, normative condition, calculation and measurements

Introduction Computer is a device that is used nearly everywhere in social and economic life (the existential and work environment). Large numbers of people spend several or even dozens hours a day in front of computer monitors. Therefore, the care for securing proper working conditions of the computer users becomes very important. The interest in the problem is justifiable, taking into account the concern for human health and comfort, and considering the definite legal consequences resulting from employing the people working in “harmful labour conditions”. Electromagnetic field (EMF) emitted by computer central units give no rise to human health hazard. The main attention should be paid to identification of EMF emitted by screen monitors and to ergonomics of operation of this equipment. The paper makes reference to the state of standardization with regard to electromagnetic field emitted by the CRT computer monitors. Measurement results of electric and magnetic fields generated in the proximity of the monitors are presented. Moreover, the ergonomic aspect of interaction of the 50 Hz frequency magnetic field on the monitors is considered. The results are shown that have been obtained from calculation and laboratory measurements carried out in the premises of production plants subject to interaction of magnetic fields generated by power busways and its effect on operation of monitors. ____________________________________ Karol Bednarek: Institute of Electrical Engineering and Electronics, Poznan University of Technology, Piotrowo 3a, 60-965 Poznan, Poland; E-mail: [email protected]

K. Bednarek / Electromagnetic Interaction and Ergonomic Aspect

33

1. Influence of Electromagnetic Field Emitted by Computer Monitors on Humans 1.1. Emission Sources and the Normative Condition Main EMF sources of screen monitors are [1,2,3,4]: • the image tube (giving rise to the field of the highest frequency – ionizing and optical radiation and electrostatic field), • brightness modulation system of the spot luminance (the fields of large frequencies 105÷108 Hz), • horizontal and vertical deflection systems – mainly deflector coils (the fields of low and extremely low frequencies), • high voltage feeder (the electrostatic field). Large numbers of research studies and measurements carried out in various research centres in the world show that in the range of high frequencies (inclusive of the ionizing radiation) the monitor-generated EMF-s are very weak or intensively damped. In consequence, their effect on human body is decidedly below allowable level [2,3,4]. The highest EMF-interaction of monitors occurs in case of very low frequencies (VLF) – in the range 2÷400 kHz, extremely low frequencies (ELF) – i.e. below 2 kHz, and electrostatic field. Therefore, further analysis is performed for such a radiation. Taking into account the wavelengths of the considered fields (the proximate zone) the magnetic and electric fields are analyzed separately. Requirements of the Council of the European Union related to EMF exposition in the range 0÷300 GHz (according to the ICNIRP guidelines) have been published in July 30, 1999, in the Official Journal of the European Communities No L199/59. They provide the limits for a general population and a working environment subject to EMF in result of their professional occupation. On May 24, 2005, the Directive 2004/40/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 has been published, related to the minimum health and safety requirements regarding the exposure of workers to the risks arising from physical agents (electromagnetic fields) (18th individual Directive within the meaning of Article 16(1) of Directive 89/391/EEC). According to the resolutions of the Directive three ways of assessment of exposition conditions of the workers are allowed: the estimation, measurement, and calculation of the values of electromagnetic field affecting the workers [5,6,7,8]. The legal acts binding in Poland with regard to protection against electromagnetic non-ionizing radiation are the regulations of ministers published in the Journal of Laws: with regard to the working environment – the Journal of Laws: Dz.U. No 217, pos.1833, 18.12.2002, and for a general population (the residential environment) – the Journal of Laws: Dz.U. No 192, pos.1883, 14.11.2003 [3,5,6,9,10]. Standardization with regard to EMF interaction in the proximity of computer monitors was carried out by the Swedish National Board for Measurement and Testing (SWEDAC), by publication of a set of the MPR Standards. The most severe limitations related to the matter are formulated in the requirements of the Swedish Confederation of Professional Employees TCO (several editions of the recommendations). Monitor manufacturers predominating on the market make efforts to meet the MPR and TCO requirements [2,4].

34


1.2. Measurement of Slowly-Varying EMF in the Proximity of Screen Monitors

B [ nT ]

Magnetic and electric fields have been measured around the screen monitors in the ELF and VLF bands. The measurement has been performed with the use of the 3D H/E Fieldmeter ESM-100. Magnetic flux density B and electric field intensity E have been measured in definite distances from computer monitor (from the front). The measurements have been performed for the VOBIS Highscreen MS17S monitor. The results are shown in Figures 1 and 2. 1400 1200

ELF

1000

VLF

800 600 400 200 0 30

50

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

l [ mm ] Figure 1. Dependence of magnetic flux density B [nT] expressed as a function of the distance l [mm] from the VOBIS MS17S monitor, for the ELF and VLF frequency bands

E [ V/m ]

60 50

ELF

40

VLF

30 20 10 0 30

50

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

l [ mm ] Figure 2. Dependence of electric field intensity E [V/m] expressed as a function of the distance l [mm] from the VOBIS MS17S monitor, for the ELF and VLF frequency bands

Similar measurements have been made for the NEC – MultiSync V520, NEC – MultiSync FE770, and Philips 104B monitors. Results of the tests are presented in [3,4,5]. The measurement results obtained for the magnetic and electric fields are of similar range to the case of the Vobis monitor. In case of older monitor versions the levels of interacting fields are slightly higher than in more modern ones (this particularly concerns the ELF frequency of electric field), nevertheless, they meet the normative requirements (in accordance with the year of their manufacture).


35

2. Ergonomic Aspect of the Effect of the Disturbances Caused by Magnetic Field of 50 Hz Frequency on Computer Monitors Any requirements related to electromagnetic compatibility of computer monitors with regard to their emissivity and immunity are fulfilled at the stage of their manufacture (this is confirmed by the CE mark assigned to the devices). A specific negative effect is exerted on operation of the CRT monitors (not provided by the standards) by magnetic field of power network frequency. This is an oscillation approximating the image repetition frequency (50÷120 Hz). In the case of relatively small interaction of the magnetic field (of the induction level reaching several μT) the monitor image vibrates with the differential frequency that is burdensome for the user (the disturbances of the work ergonomics) [3,4,5]. Such condition may arise in the cases of computers located in the proximity of heavy current power supply (heavy-current busways, power cables, etc.). In order to present the scale of the problem an identification of the magnetic field in the neighbourhood of a heavy-current line (i.e. power busway) has been carried out. Results of calculation of magnetic flux density around a busway operating in plane system are shown in Figure 3. In bottom part of Figure 3 a scale is shown that presents the values of magnetic flux density B [T], depicted by particular colours (in greyscale). The laboratory measurements have been performed in a similar system, the results of which are presented in Figure 4 and Figure 5.

Figure 3. Distribution of magnetic flux density B [T] in the proximity of phase conductors of a heavy-current line operating in plane system

As a final practical verification of the considered interactions the values of magnetic flux density have been measured at the area of a plant, where computer stands were arranged above a transformer station supplying power to the production bay by means of a cable suspended under the ceiling (being a floor of the office rooms above). The magnetic flux density at the computer stand desktop located directly above the busway amounted to 8 μT. The computer monitor image was subject to important oscillation, precluding normal operation of the stand.

36


B [mT]

1,4

Bp [mT]

1,2

Bw [mT] B [mT]

1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0 50

100

150

250

300

400

600

700

d [mm] Figure 4. RMS value of magnetic flux density B [mT], cross component of the magnetic flux density Bp [mT], and longitudinal component of the magnetic flux density Bw [mT] as functions of the distance d [mm] from the busway

0,2

B [mT]

0,16 0,12

0,08 0,04

0 300

400

500

600

700

800

1000

1200

1500

2000

d [mm] Figure 5. Dependence of magnetic flux density B [mT] expressed as a function of the distance d [mm] from the busway (for greater distances)

Similar effects have been recorded in case of computers located at a laboratory station of technical inspection of electric power meters and in a control-room of a thermal-electric power station (where computer equipment was located on the desks placed several meters from power busways). Magnetic fields of the range from several to dozen μT arising in such locations resulted in disturbance of operation of CRT monitors manifesting themselves in onerous monitor image oscillation. The intensive oscillation led to increasing fatigue of the computer users and, in some cases, entirely precluded the work [3,4,5].


37

3. Final Notes and Conclusions The magnetic and electric fields generated by screen monitors in the ELF and VLF frequency bands are relatively large as compared to the radiation of the fields of higher frequencies. Anyway, their values are below the allowable levels provided by appropriate legal provisions. Sometimes, the values approximate limit levels referred to by the Swedish MPR and TCO standards and recommendations, considered to be world-wide patterns. The screen monitors are susceptible to influence of an external magnetic field of power network frequency. The field of magnetic flux density reaching 1 μT may cause image oscillations that are burdensome for the user (the disturbances of the work ergonomics). Such conditions may arise in case of location of the computer stands in the proximity of heavy-current equipment, i.e. power busways or cables (high power supply), resistance and induction furnaces, production bays or laboratory stands supplied with heavy currents, etc. Disadvantageous electromagnetic interaction with computer monitors may be eliminated or at least reduced by means of proper screens. In some cases even minor changes in computer stand location may be sufficient (as the magnetic field distribution strongly depends on the distance from its source).

References [1]

Z. Garbarczyk, C. Kozłowski, M. Nowicki, K. Pachocki, Electromagnetic hazards, from the series entitled: Human Safety and Protection in the Working Environment, Part 11, Central Institute for Labour Protection, 1998. (In Polish). [2] A collective elaboration edited by J. Bugajska: Computer workplace. Health and ergonomics aspects, Central Institute for Labour Protection, Warsaw 1999. (In Polish). [3] A collective elaboration edited by A. Krawczyk: Bioelectromagnetism, The Research-Scientific Institute ZTUREK, Warsaw, June 2002. (In Polish). [4] K. Bednarek, The problems of slowly-varying magnetic and electric fields in computer monitors – the question of emissivity and immunity, Academic Journals, Electrical engineering, No 50, Poznan Uniwersity of Technology, Poznań 2006, s. 129-137. (In Polish). [5] K. Bednarek, Electromagnetic influence of heavy-current busways, Electrotechnical Review No 12, 2003, s. 897-899. (In Polish). [6] J. Karpowicz, M Hietanen, K. Gryz, EU Directive, ICNIRP guidelines and Polish legislation on electromagnetic fields, International Journal of Occupational Safety and Ergonomics (JOSE), Vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 125-136, 2006. [7] Directive 2004/40/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2004 on the minimum health and safety requirements regarding the exposure of workers to the risks arising from physical agents (electromagnetic fields) (18th individual Directive within the meaning of Article 16(1) of Directive 89/391/EEC). Official Journal of the European Union (L 159, 30.04.2004) L 184, 24.05.2004. [8] Guidelines for limiting exposure to time-varying electric, magnetic and electromagnetic fields (up to 300 GHz), Health Physics, vol. 74, no 4, pp. 494-522, April 1998. [9] Regulation of the Minister of Labour and Social Policy of 29 November 2002 on the maximum admissible concentrations and intensities for agents harmful to health in the working environment, Dz.U. No 217, item 1833, 18.12.2002. (In Polish). [10] Regulation of the Minister of Environment of 30 October 2003 on maximum admissible levels of electromagnetic fields in the environment and methods of checking adherence to these levels, Dz.U. No 192, item 1883, 14.11.2003. (In Polish).

38


Magnetic Field around Asynchronous Electrical Machines with Variable Frequency Felipe DÍAZ1, Fabián DÉNIZ, Guillermo HERNÁNDEZ Electrical Engineering Department. University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria

Abstract. The aim of this paper is the essay and measurement of the magnetic induction at low frequencies produced by an asynchronous electrical machine. Measurements have been taken near to the machine, starting from its axis. We have worked at different frequencies, all of them below 50 Hz. This way we have studied the relationship between a non-punctual source of magnetic field, the frequency of the voltage and the values of the M.F. around it. Keywords. Magnetic Field, Electrical Machines, Human Environment

1. Instrumentation and Equipment Due to its relevance, magnetic fields in the air gap of electrical machines have been broadly studied. The design, calculus and construction of rotating machines depend upon the values of the magnetic induction between stator and rotor. However magnetic fields are too, the centre of a controversy because of its possible influence over human and animal health. From this point of view, it is necessary to analyse the production and presence of magnetic fields in the usual human environment. As part of a more ambitious project to characterize the magnetic field around big asynchronous machines, we have started essaying a machine with different frequencies, all of them below 50 Hz. The aim of the work is to describe how the magnetic field varies with some other electrical and mechanical variables. The first parameters under study were the distance to the machine and the frequency of the supply voltage, what definitely implies the frequency of the magnetic field in the air gap. We have measured the magnetic field around the machine taking as reference the machine long axis. A 75 kW asynchronous machine with Ward Leonard has been essayed. It has a speed control system using a frequency converter. The frequency converter is an Omron Sysdive 400 V. In Figure 1 you can see the essayed electrical machine. The asynchronous machines controlled by frequency converters are quite common in nowadays industry, so this is a typical example of an industrial worker environment. The magnetic fields measurements are expensive. Any equipment with minimum quality requirements is a high cost one. Due to the social interest in this matter, the group of the Electric Department could purchase an equipment to measure electric and 1 Electrical Engineering Department. University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Edif. de Ingenierías. Campus de Tafira. Las Palmas 35017. SPAIN; E-mail: [email protected]

39

F. Díaz et al. / Magnetic Field Around Asynchronous Electrical Machines

magnetic fields around lines, transformers and substations. The equipment we used is a portable magnetic field measurer, PMM 8053A. The probes are absolutely independent from the measurement equipment, so we can apply all the distance requirements to measure fulfilling all the restrictions that are necessary to have taken into account.

Figure 1. Asynchronous machine essayed with measurement probe

2. Methodology and Results The machine has been started at a low frequency of 5 Hz and, with the machine spinning in stationary state, the magnetic induction has been measured placing the probe under the machine and by its axis. After that, measurements have been taken in different places moving the probe further away from the machine axis. For each and every essay, the operator was far enough to not taking into account the increase of uncertainty due to this cause. This procedure has been repeated changing the frequency of the three phase supply in order to watch the behaviour of the magnetic field around the machine, with different frequencies. Figure 2 shows the two-dimensional geometrical distribution of the magnetic field around the electric machine for different frequencies, starting with 5 Hz up to 30 Hz using 5 Hz wide intervals. These low frequencies show higher values what means a worse behavior from the workers health perspective. Anyway, all the measurements taken have values under 30 μT under the machine, reaching values around 12 μT for a frequency of 30 Hz.

40


Magnetic Field Distribution 30,00 5 Hz 25,00

10 Hz 15 Hz

20,00 Induction (μ μT)

20 Hz 15,00

25 Hz 30 Hz

10,00 5,00 0,00

ͲϭϱϬ

ͲϭϬϬ

ͲϱϬ

Ϭ

Distance (cm)

ϱϬ

ϭϬϬ

ϭϱϬ

Figure 2. Magnetic field versus distance to machine axis and frequency

Also, it is interesting to analyze the variation of the magnetic field in one geometric point, with the frequency. Figure 3 shows the variation of the induction in the axis versus frequency.

B = -0.6854f + B0

B=F(f) 35,00

Experimental

Induction (mT)

30,00

Trend

25,00 20,00 15,00 10,00 5,00 0,00 0,00

5,00

10,00

15,00

20,00

25,00

30,00

35,00

Frequency (Hz) Figure 3. Magnetic field in the machine axis versus frequency

A simplified expression can be deduced for this case. It is shown in Eq. (1). B = -0,685 f +B0 If we study different distances, we can generalize and write Eq. (2).

(1)

41


Bd(d) = m f +B0d(d)

(2)

Where m is a parameter which depends exponentially on the distance to the source. It is shown in Figure 4. m = -0,685 e –0,035d

(3)

The induction, therefore, would be as shown in Eq. (4). Bd(d) = -0,685 f e –0,035d + B0d(d)

(4)

Where the first addend is the value of the decrease of the magnetic field from the reference value B0d. Watch the fact that in this addend, the value affected by the exponential decrease, increases with the frequency as it is represented in the figures. Please take note that B0d is not a constant, but a function that depends on the distance to the machine axis.

Axis distance (cm) 0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Parameter m

180

200

0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7 -0,8

m = -0.6854e-0.0352d

Experimental

Trend

Figure 4. Parameter m evolution

3. Conclusions The magnetic field induction has been measured around a three phase asynchronous electrical machine controlled through a frequency converter. This is the first step to make a more complex and complete characterization of the magnetic field in an industrial environment. The essay has taken into account different points around the machine, and different frequencies for the electrical supply. The dependence of the magnetic field with the distance is a well known relationship. To study the influence of the voltage and current frequency, a simplified expression of the induction depending on frequency has been obtained. A parameter (m) which links distance to source and frequency has been defined. Its evolution is exponential.

42


References [1] [2]

[3]

J. D. Bowman, M. A. Kelsh, W. T. Kaune, Manual for Measuring Occupational Electric and Magnetic Fields Exposure, NIOSH, 1998, Cincinnati. ANSI/IEEE Std 644-1987, IEEE Standard Procedures for Measurement of Power Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields from AC Power Lines, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, 1987, New York, USA. M. Borsero, G. Crotti, L. Anglesio and G. d’Amore, Calibration and Evaluation of Uncertainty in the Measurement of Environmental Electromagnetic Fields, Radiation Protection Dosimetry, Vol. 97, No 4, pp. 363–368, 2001, Nuclear Technology Publishing.


43

Measurement of Electromagnetic Fields in the Vicinity of 66kV/20kV Substation Power (Gran Canaria Island, Spain) Fabián DÉNIZ 1, Felipe DÍAZ, Antonio PULIDO and Miguel MARTÍNEZ Electrical Engineering Department. University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria

Abstract. In this paper, the extremely low frequency (ELF) electromagnetic field environment around 66kV/20kV substation power is studied. This substation is located in Gran Canaria island, more precisely in a municipality with the largest tourist area on the island, covering one fifth of its surface. The relevance of these measurements is great because there are multi-family dwellings around the substation. These measurements were made using Digital Signal Processing (DSP) techniques. Also, several existing overhead transmission lines are in an area that has seen significant residential growth Keywords. magnetic field, human environment

Introduction The last years has witnessed growing public concern over possible adverse health effect of electromagnetic fields produced by transmission and utilization of electric power. The population growth needs land for building development what causes an expansion of the urban centre. This expansion can move nearer electrical infrastructures that were isolated initially from any area of dwellings. The present work is born due to a group of residents whose homes are near a transformer substation of 66kV/20kV The potential hazard due to exposure to extremely low frequency (ELF) electromagnetic fields emitted by electric power systems and installations has become a major public and environmental concern.

1. Substation Characteristics First of all, the power electric network of the Gran Canaria Island is shown in Figure 1. There are twenty substation power and electric and magnetic fields in one of them were measured.

1 Electrical Engineering Department. University of Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Edif. de Ingenierías. Campus de Tafira. Las Palmas 35017. SPAIN; E-mail: [email protected]

44

F. Déniz et al. / Measurement of EMF in the Vicinity of 66kV/20kV Substation Power

Figure 1. Power electric network of Gran Canaria Island

In order to investigate the magnetic field environment accurately, we carried out measurements magnetic field distribution in the 66kV/20kV substation. The main characteristics are: overhead transmission lines of 66 kV, underground cables of 20 kV and three power transformers. The substation has three power transformers, two of them of 30 MVA and one of 40 MVA. Also there is double-circuit configuration. The substation is connected with the power transmission lines passing near the substation. The Figure 2 shows the single-line diagram of 66 kV.

Figure 2. Single-line diagram of 66 kV


45

The secondary cables with 20kV located at about 1 meter under ground and the single-line diagram of 20 kV is shown in Figure 3.

Figure 3. Single-line diagram of 20 kV

Results Before showing the results it is advisable to remember which are the reference levels for general public exposure to time-varying electric and magnetic fields (to the frequency of 50 Hz): − 5.000 V/m electric field − 100 µT magnetic field The magnetic field values around substation were represented in Figure 4. The maximum value obtained of magnetic field was 2,2 µT.

Magnetic Field (µT)

Magnetic Field (µT)

2,00 1,50 1,00 0,50 0,00 2

4

6

8

10

12

14

# item

Figure 4. Magnetic field

16

18

20

22

46


Likewise, electric field values were represented in Figure 5, being maximum value of electric field was 41,10 V/m

Electric Field (V/m) 45,00 40,00

Electric Field (V/m)

35,00 30,00 25,00 20,00 15,00 10,00 5,00 0,00 23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

# item

Figure 5. Electric field

2. Conclusions In this studied area, overhead transmission lines don’t cause levels exposure to timevarying electric and magnetic fields upper legally allowed levels. Maximum level of magnetic field was obtained over underground cable of 20 kV, near urban population. Measured magnetic field strength is agreed applicable legal rules in Spain. These measurement data may be a useful technique predicting ELF magnetic field environment around the power transmission / substation systems.

References [1]

[2] [3]

[4]

[5]

[6] [7] [8]

International Commission On Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), Exposure to Static and Low Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, Biological Effects and Health Consequences (0- 100 kHz), ICNIRP 13/2003. Cigre Technical Brochure 221, Improving the impact of existing substations on the environment, Paris Earle C. Bascom et al, Magnetic Field Management Considerations for Underground Cable Duct Bank.2005 IEEE Transmission & Distribution Conference –9-14 October 2005. Paper . 05TD0399. New Orleans, Louisiana. K. Kato, Y. Uga, N. Goto, M. Shimizu, H. Okubo, Magnetic field characterization based on line current conditions in 77kV/6.6kV substation, High Voltage Engineering Symposium, 22-27 August 1999 Conference Publication No. 467.0 IEE. 1999. I. A. Metwally, W. J. Zischank, F. H. Heidler, Measurement of Magnetic Fields Inside Single- and Double-Layer Reinforced Concrete Buildings During Simulated Lightning Currents, IEEE transactions on electromagnetic compatibility, vol. 46, no. 2, May 2004. IEEE Magnetic Fields Task Force, A protocol for spot measurements of residential power frequency magnetic fields, IEEE Trans. PWRD, Vol.8, No.3, pp. 1386-1394, July 1993. IEEE Power Engineering Society, IEEE Standard 644-1994 Procedures for measurement of power frequency electric and magnetic fields from AC power lines, New York, March 1995. A V. Mamisheve, B. D. Russell, Measurement of Magnetic Field. in the Direct Proximity Power Line Conductors, IEEE Trans. on Power Delivery, Vol. 10, No.3, July 1995, pp.1211-1216.


47

Magnetic Field Exposure from Multiple Overhead Transmission Line in Urban Utilities Corridor Mário L. PEREIRA FILHO1, José Roberto CARDOSO (2) Instituto de Pesquisas Tecnológicas de SP, Cidade Universitária 05508-901 São Paulo – SP – Brasil, [email protected] (2) Escola Politécnica da USP, Av. Prof. Luciano Gualberto, trav. 3, n. 158 Cidade Universitária, 05508-900 São Paulo - SP – Brasil, [email protected] (1)

Abstract. Supplying electric power to central metropolitan areas is challenged by free area to build overhead high voltage transmission lines (OHTL). A solution is to share existing right-of-way (ROW). As a result, there are two or three voltage levels OHTL and oil and gas underground pipes. This paper presents a method to calculate magnetic field human exposure in the proximity of an utilities corridor with 345 kV, 230 kV and 88 kV OHTL in Sao Paulo metropolitan region, considering power flow direction and phase shift between concerned OHTL. Keywords. ELF magnetic field; utilities corridor; human exposure; overhead high voltage transmission lines.

Introduction A previous paper presented a software tool CampoLT [1] to calculate ELF electromagnetic field from TL on the environment. A pilot study was conducted around an 88 kV double vertical circuit TL in Sao Paulo city to validate this software tool in an urban scenario. Fig 1 shows measured versus calculated values, with a good agreement results [2]. Figure. 1 shows results for only one TL configuration. Sao Paulo metropolitan region has some utilities corridors sharing TL of 345 kV, 230 kV and 88 kV voltage levels. To calculate magnetic field from this corridor is necessary to know, additionally to geometry and electric current magnitude, direction of power flow and current phase shift between TLs, associated with step-down delta-wye power transforms. Reichelt et all [3] analyzed a double vertical circuit case. This present paper extends such analyze to multiple TL.

Corresponding Author: Mário L. Pereira Filho Corresponding author: Instituto de Pesquisas Tecnológicas de SP Cidade Universitária 05508-901 São Paulo – SP – Brasil, [email protected]

48

M.L. Pereira Filho and J.R. Cardoso / Magnetic Field Exposure from Multiple Overhead TL

Figure 1. Calculated versus measured magnetic field

1. Results Case 1 – Corridor with one 345 kV and one 88 kV TL Calculation was done for a corridor with TL according Table 1. Figure 2 shows a picture of the row-of-way. Phase sequence is low reactance type. Table 1. TL technical data Nominal voltage (kV)

Nominal current (A)

345 88

2000 950

Lower phase height (m) 30 14

Distance between phase(m)

Distance between circuits (m)

Typical load factor (%)

7.5 2.4

6 5

80 72

345 kV TL is part of the high voltage ring supply for Sao Paulo metropolitan area. Direction of power flow depends on energy balance concerning Southeast , North and Northeast Brazilian regions. Current phase shift is 30 degree lead for 345 kV TL. Both TL are double vertical circuit configuration. Fig. 3 shows magnetic field values in a direction perpendicular to the ROW, at 1.0m height. Load conditions for 345 kV TL are 66% load factor, 60% nominal load for circuit 1 and 40% nominal load for circuit 2. Load conditions for 88 kV TL according legend of Fig. 2, 72 % load factor, 1 = equal direction of 345 kV power flow, -1 = inverse direction, last number pairs are load combination in percent of nominal load.


Figure 2. Row-of-way with towers silhouette

Magnetic field (uT, RMS)

88 kV

345 kV

5 4.5

72_ 1_100_ 0

4

72_ 1_ 0_100

3.5

72_ 1_ 50_ 50 72_ 1_ 40_ 60

3

72_ 1_ 60_ 40

2.5

72_ -1_100_ 0

2 1.5

72_ -1_ 0_100 72_ -1_ 50_ 50

1

72_ -1_ 40_ 60

0.5

72_ -1_ 60_ 40

0 0

5

10

15

20

25

30

Distance from ROW border (m)

Figure 3. Magnetic field values for both equal and inverse power flow direction

49

50


ROW width is 30 meters, with borders at 0 m and 30 m. Arrows show position of 345 kV and 88 kV TL axe. There is an important field value reduction when power flow is reversed in 88 kV TL side. Such a reduction can be explored to mitigate magnetic fields in the proximity of ROW. Spot measurements executed around noon in a business day, on TL axes found 4.0 μT and 4.7 μT for 345 kV and 88 kV, respectively. Actual load factor in the moment of measurements are unknown. There is a fair agreement with the last figure, but the former one suggests 345 kV TL operation condition are different from simulated data. Case 2 – Corridor with two 230 kV and two 88 kV TL Calculation was done for a corridor with TL according Table 2. Fig. 4 shows a picture of the row-of-way. Phase sequence is low reactance type. Table 2. TL technical data Nominal voltage (kV) 230 (1) 230 (2) 88 (1) 88 (2)

Nominal current (A) 814 814 780 2020

Lower phase height (m) 13 13 9 9

Distance between phase(m)

Distance between circuits (m)

Typical load factor (%)

6.5 6.5 2.4 3.6

12 12 2.6 4.2

80 80 72 72

Figure 4. Row-of-way with towers silhouette


51

Figure 5 shows magnetic field values in a direction perpendicular to the ROW, at 1.0m height. Load conditions for 230 kV TL are 100% load factor, 50% nominal load for both circuit 1 and 2. Load conditions for 88 kV TL according legend of Figure 5, 66% load factor for TL (1) and 72% load factor for TL (2), 1 = equal direction of 230 kV power flow, -1 = inverse direction, last number pairs are load combination in percent of nominal load.

88 kV(1)

88 kV(2)

18

230 kV(1)

230 kV(2)

72_ 1_100_ 0 72_ 1_ 0_100

Magnetic field (uT RMS)

16 14

72_ 1_ 50_ 50 72_ 1_ 40_ 60 72_ 1_ 60_ 40 72_ -1_100_ 0 72_ -1_ 0_100

12 10 8 6

72_ -1_ 50_ 50 72_ -1_ 40_ 60 72_ -1_ 60_ 40

4 2 0 0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Distance from left ROW border (m)

Figure 5. Magnetic field values for both equal and inverse power flow direction

ROW width is 60 meters, with borders at 0 m and 60 m. Arrows show position of 230 kV and 88 kV TL axe. There is a noticeable field value reduction when power flow is reversed in 88 kV(2) TL side.

3. Conclusion The most relevant conclusion concerning human exposure on border of ROW is that major contributions are from 88 kV TL. This is because there are higher currents and lower clearance from ROW border on lowest voltage TL. Inverse power flow mitigates magnetic field near the TL with inverse power flow. However, for power companies, power flow is a consequence of generation / demand scenario, it is not possible to choose an arbitrary power flow for mitigate magnetic field.

References [1]

M. L. Pereira Filho, J. R. Cardoso., A Coupled 3D CSM – BEM software tool to evaluate ELF fields near power lines. International Conference on Electromagnetic Fields, Health and Environment – EHE2006. 27th – 29th April, 2006. Madera Island, Portugal.

52 [2] [3]

M.L. Pereira Filho and J.R. Cardoso / Magnetic Field Exposure from Multiple Overhead TL M. L. Pereira Filho, J. R. Cardoso., Urban fields pilot project with TL LTA Sul Ban 1-2. EMF-SP II Workshop, 14th – 15th August 2006, Sao Paulo - Brazil. Reichelt D., Scherer R., Braunlich R., Aschwanden T., Magnetic field reduction measures for transmission lines considering power flow conditions. Transmission and Distribution Conference, 1996. Proceedings 1996, p 486-492, IEEE.


53

Determining Health Risk of 154kV, 50Hz Power Transmission Line Cihan GUNESER, Ozge SAHIN, Hacer SEKERCI OZTURA Dokuz Eylul University, Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering Buca, Izmir-TURKEY

Abstract. This study covers a case study on magnetic field measurements in a university campus area in Izmir, Turkey. A power transmission line of 154 kV, 50 Hz has previously been located inside of this area. In this study, it is aimed to determine the health risk of this transmission line in its vicinity. Measurements are realized using a calibrated Gauss-meter in multiple locations in different times. These measurements give people an idea about the safety of settling around power transmission lines. Safe distance limits are determined according to the international standards. Keywords. Power transmission line, magnetic field, health, international standards

Introduction In recent years, electromagnetic field and its effects on human health has become an important subject of researches. It is already known that ionising magnetic radiation is harmful for human. But non-ionising radiation is still not proved to be harmful with medical proof but statistical researches show that people who live near high voltage transmission lines have higher health risks. In this paper, an extremely low frequency measurement is made and the results are compared to limits that are determined by international standards. Electromagnetic fields consist of electric (E) and magnetic (H) waves traveling together [1], as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1. Electric and magnetic field

54

C. Guneser et al. / Determining Health Risk of 154kV, 50Hz Power Transmission Line

Frequency is an important parameter for electromagnetic fields. Table 1 shows the classification of frequency ranges where “S” means super, “U” means ultra, “V” means very, “L” means low, “M” means medium. ELF (Extremely Low Frequency) includes magnetic field of which frequency is between 3 Hz and 60 Hz. In this paper the frequency of interest is 50 Hz. This frequency is also used in transmission lines in most of the countries over the world. Table 1. Frequency classes ELF

SLF

ULF

VLF

LF

MF

HF

VHF

UHF

3 Hz

60 Hz

300 Hz

3 kHz

60 Hz

300 Hz

3 kHz

30 kHz 300 kHz 3 MHz 30 MHz 300 MHz 3 GHz

SHF

30 kHz 300 kHz 3 MHz 30 MHz 300 MHz 3 GHz

EHF 30 GHz

30 GHz 300 GHz

1. Transmission Line Properties and International Standards Electric power transmission and distribution, a process in the delivery of electricity to consumers, is the transfer of electrical power and schematic of the system is shown in Figure 2. Typically, power transmission is between the power plant and a substation near a populated area. Due to the large amount of power involved, transmission normally takes place at high voltage (110 kV or above). Electricity is usually transmitted over long distance through overhead power transmission lines which consist of non-isolated wires. Today, transmission-level voltages are usually considered to be 110 kV and above. Lower voltages such as 66 kV and 33 kV are usually considered subtransmission voltages but are occasionally used on long lines with light loads. Voltages less than 33 kV are usually used for distribution [2, 3].

Figure 2. Schematic of electric power transmission and distribution system


55

Magnetic Field (mG)

In this paper, transmission lines in Dokuz Eylul University Campus, Izmir are examined. Overhead electric power transmission line systems in Turkey are operated mainly at 154kV and 380kV. Majority of the transmission lines are double circuit and vertically arranged. Unfortunately, there is a high voltage transmission line in the campus area. Measurements are taken by using a calibrated digital EMF tester. Measurements were repeated increasing 5 meter-distances perpendicular to transmission lines. Two different groups of values are measured on different dates. One group is taken in midday, on Wednesday. The other group is taken at the weekend, on Saturday. The aim is to see the difference in magnetic field values between the working hours and vacation. It is also important to which area the transmission lines are transmitting electricity. The values may change depending on these factors. The material that is used for transmission is also important. The earth conductivity, actual current frequency is also important for calculation. Measured magnetic field values are shown in Figure 3 for 154 kV transmission lines. Magnetic Field (mG)

May 23rd Wed 15:00

Magnetic Field (mG)

May 26th Sat 16:00

120 100 80 60 40 20 0 0

5

10 15

20 25

30 35

40 45

50 55

60 65

70 75

Horizontal Distance

Figure 3. Measurement results

2. Limit Values for EMF EMF values must be in a limit, which is determined by WHO (World Health Organization) and the other international standards. After biological studies and according to recent reports, magnetic field should be less than 0,002 Gauss in the environment of man for a long time. Tables 2 and 3 show the required distance for different voltage values and different kinds of areas [3-6]. Table 2. Parameters of 110 kV high voltage transmission line line passing area

residential area non-residential area difficult traffic area

minimum distance from conductor to ground d [m] 7,0 6,0 5,0

location of max. value of B at y=1,8 m x [m] 0,0 0,0 0,0

maximum value of B at y=1,8 m [Gauss] 0,1139 0,1548 0,2179

area of B49,0 m x>49,5 m x>49,5 m

56


Table 3. Parameters of 220 kV high voltage transmission line line passing area

minimum distance from conductor to ground d [m]

residential area

7,5

non-residential area

6,5

difficult traffic area

5,5

location of max. value of B at y=1,8 m x [m] 0,0

maximum value of B at y=1,8 m [Gauss] 0,1484

0,0

0,1211

0,0

0,1805

0,0

0,1503

0,0

0,2276

-3,0

0,1972

area of B77,5 m (horizontal erect) x>64 m (triangle erect) x>77,5 m (horizontal erect) x>64 m (triangle erect) x>77,5 m (horizontal erect) x>64 m (triangle erect)

3. ELF and Human Health When standing below a high-voltage power line with a positive polarity, body would develop a negative charge. Electric field lines originate at the source and land on the body. As charge reverse so would body charges reverse. The person distorts field lines in from nearby space so they land perpendicular to the head. The electric field around the head becomes highly concentrated and intense. [7,8] Most evident biological effects are cell membrane, tumor growth, circadian rhythms, stimulation of nerves and muscles and tissue heating. When a person is in electromagnetic field, calcium ions are moved from inside of a cell through the cell membrane to the outside. Some investigators have reported that ELF field exposure may suppress secretion of melatonin, a hormone connected with our day-night rhythms. It has been suggested that melatonin might be protective against breast cancer so that such suppression might contribute to an increased incidence of breast cancer already initiated by other agents. While there is some evidence for melatonin effects in laboratory animals, volunteer studies have not confirmed such changes in human bodies [7]. There is no convincing evidence that exposure to ELF field causes direct damage to biological molecules, including DNA. It is thus unlikely that they could initiate the process of carcinogenesis. However, studies are still underway to determine if ELF exposure can influence cancer promotion or co-promotion. Recent animal studies have not found evidence that ELF field exposure affects cancer incidence. Many studies published during the last decade on occupational exposure to ELF fields have exhibited a number of inconsistencies. They suggest there may be a small elevation in the risk of leukemia among electrical workers. However, confounding factors, such as possible exposures to chemicals in the work environment, have not been adequately taken into account in many of them. Assessment of ELF field exposure has not correlated well with the cancer risk among exposed subjects. Therefore, a cause-and-effect link between ELF field exposure and cancer has not been confirmed. The International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) has published guidelines on exposure limits for all EMF. The guidelines provide adequate protection against known health effects and those that can occur when


57

touching charged objects in an external electric field. Limits of EMF exposure recommended in many countries are broadly similar to those of ICNIRP, which is a non-governmental organization (NGO), formally recognized by WHO and a full partner in the International EMF Project. It will reassess its guidelines once the EMF Project has completed new health risk assessments.

4. Conclusion Electric and magnetic fields exist, because electricity is generated, transmitted, distributed and also used. So, questions related to the possible health effects from power frequency have increased recently. There are still many questions that need to be answered to determine hazards to human. In this paper, EMF measurements are taken near 154 kV transmission lines. Measurement results are compared to other results of some other transmission lines. It is seen that, these results are similar to others. And the graphics of EMF values are parabolic. When calculation is made on the paper, same kind of a graphic will be determined. It is tried out to find the EMF values near the transmission lines in our campus which are close to classrooms. For 154kV, nearest classroom or residential building has to be at least 70 meters far from lines. This distance has 2 mG EMF value which is determined by international standards. The aim was to see if residential buildings are in reasonable distance from lines. It is seen that these buildings are usually in border of reasonable distance. Generally, necessary attention is not paid for EMF and its effects on human health.

References [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]

http://www.who.int/peh-emf/en/ GAO Yougang, Analysis of Magnetic Field Environment Near High Voltage Transmission Lines, 1998. S. A. Mahmoud, M. A. Abdallah, H. I. Anis, Magnetic Fields around 2200-66kV Transmission Line, IEE High Voltage Engineering Sym., 22-27 August 1999. Perarnbur., Neelakanta, Vichate, Ungvichian; Electromagnetic Fields Due To Overhead and Buried High-Voltage Power-Lines: A Quantitative Comparison, 1989. J. F. Heneage, P. E. Ashley, J. R. Ashley; An EMF Mitigation Technology for Power Transmission Lines, Ph.D. dissertation, 2004. L.Li, G. Yougang, Analysis of Magnetic Field Enviroment Near High Voltage Transmission Lines, IEEE Inter. Con. on Communication Technology, 22-24 October 1998, China. G. Rauch, S. Sussman N. G. Hingorani, Electric and Magnetic Fields: Background on Health Effects and an Update on Eprl Research, 2004. G. Robert G. Olsen, Electromagnetic Fields from Power Lines, School of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, Washington State University, 2004.

58


Improvement of Electromagnetic Compatibility an Electro-Energetic Network with Converter Power Supply System and Their Influence for Environmental Protection Zygmunt SZYMANSKI Silesian University of Technology Gliwice, Poland

Abstract. The paper presents a consequences of application a converter supply system in electro energetic grid of middle and high voltages, supplied a great power drive system (over 1000 kW), and their influences on quality of electric energy in industrial plants. Problems of influence electromagnetic and electrostatic fields generated from electro energetic grid, on surround environmental is analyzed in the paper The paper presents a mathematical analysis of phenomenon to occur in industrial plants of electro energetic grid of middle and high voltages, with great power load systems. A computer model of electro energetic supply system considerate a magnetic and electric field distribution are also presented in paper. For reduction of parasitic harmonics level in current supply and voltage supply are mostly applied a static capacitor filter. For reduction a negative influences of magnetic and electric field distribution on surround environments to work up a special criteria reduced an harmfully interaction. The paper present a solution with static and active power filters in reduction of high harmonics levels. Some results of computer simulation performed for selected electro energetic grid configuration, with and without active filter are presented in the paper. Results of industrial measurement are also presented in the paper Key words. electromagnetic compatibility, environmental protection

Introduction Electromagnetic stability of electro energetic systems, it’s ability of the system for realization of rated work, independently of the level a stochastic and periodic disturbances. Those disturbances can be caused by: breakdown work condition of the system (short circuit state, asymmetrical loading), parallel and series resonances, nonlinear load and inverter power supply. Power industrial plants are mostly supplied with middle voltage grid MVn, with short circuits power non-great of 300MVA. Total rated power of drive systems, supplied with inverter power supply are a dozen of MW. Mutually interaction of the individual supplied drive system, can caused the disturbance their normally work state. The phenomenon is especially visibly among other things: during heavy starting of the great power machines, their interaction for ventilator or pumps supply systems, start of the conveyers (chain or belt), during ride of few electrical wire line locomotives, riding after contact line segment, supplied with rectifier sup-

Z. Szymanski / Improvement of Electromagnetic Compatibility

59

ply station. The interaction can be limited: to increase of the rated power of transformer supply station, applied of modern control system in converter supply system. The paper presents a consequences of application of converter supply system in electro energetic grid of middle voltage, supplied of drive system a great power load systems (over 1000kW), and their influences on quality of electric energy. In the paper presents a mathematical analysis of phenomenon to occur in industrial plants of electro energetic grid of middle voltage, with great power load systems. Dynamical state systems appearance during heavy starting of drive system caused a great voltages drops in electro energetic supply sets (0,35 U1n), generated parasitic harmonics in current supply and voltages supply systems. The paper presents a computer model of electro energetic supply system of industrial plant with converter supply systems. Together with parasitic harmonics compensation, problem of LC resonances between the output filter of inverter and power active filter and the line inductances are analyzed. For reduction of parasitic harmonics level in the current supply and in voltage supply, are mostly applied a static capacitor filter. The paper presents a solution with active power filters in reduction of parasitic harmonics levels. For reduction a negative influences of magnetic and electric field distribution on surround environments to work up a special criteria reduced an harmfully interaction. Some results of computer simulation performed for selected electro energetic grid configuration, with and without active filter are presented in the paper. Some results of industrial measurement are also presented in the paper.

1. Resonance Phenomenon in Electrical Plant Grid Mains grid of the industrial plant are composed with: overhead air grid conducted in the steel tower or by cable line, systems of energetic transformer conditioning grid voltage for the level of rated voltages supplied loadings: induction motor, DC motor and capacitor battery. For analysis of dynamic states of MV grid assumed cascade connection four terminal network type G: in longitudinal branch finding series connected elements: Rs and Ls, in transverses branch are included a capacitance of the network section Cs. Dynamic state in electro energetic grid of middle voltage can described a system of differential equations (1):

di

k −1

dt

di dt

k

=

1

i b 1 (U − α − i R ), dUdt = i b X

=

X

(U − α − i R ), dU dt k

k

k

k −1

k

k −1

k −1

k −1

k

k −1

k

=

k

(1)

k −1

k −1

k

k

where: αk-1, αk, bk-1, bk – coefficient of matrix four terminal network, Rk-1, Rk, Xk-1, Xk – longitudinal resistance and reactance of k four terminal network, Uk-1, Uk, ik-1, ik – voltage and current in input and output of k four terminal network, The values of coefficients: αk, bk depended of industrial grid loading parameters, and capacity of condenser battery including in grid for static compensation of reactive power, and for reduction of parasitic harmonics in supply voltages and in currents, received with supply sources. Static converters are frequently used in industrial plants in order to improvement the quality of energy, and in reduction of parasitic harmonics.

60


One of the chosen structures used in plant grid MV is application of the parallel voltage inverter associated with an LC filter (hybrid active filter). Sometimes, in particularly coincidences, maybe arise a series or parallel resonance between a reactive elements of the output filter of voltage inverter, and capacitor banks for reactive power compensation, and also a static passive filters used in elimination of current harmonics in hybrid structure of AFP [4]. Simplified scheme of the three-phase network with parallel active power filter are presented in figure.1. Scheme of electro energetic supply system of the industrial plant are presented in figure 2.

Figure 1. Simplified scheme of the three-phase network with parallel active power filter

Figure 2. Scheme of electro energetic network 6 kV


61

System of differential equations (2) described a transient state of middle voltage grid:(2) ⎡ ⎤=⎡ ⎢⎣ n,i⎥⎦ ⎢⎣

i i

i [i

⎤−⎡ ⎤− ⎢⎣ L,i⎥⎦

CF,i⎥ ⎦

⎡ ⎢ = CF,i af,i ⎢ ⎢⎣

[i ] C

⎤ Caf,i⎥ ⎥ ⎥⎦

inv,i

af,i

⎡ ⎢ = n,i af,i ⎢ ⎢⎣

du dt

⎤

⎡

] ⎡⎢⎣U ⎤⎥⎦=L ⎢⎢di ⎥⎥+⎡⎢⎣U ⎤⎥⎦+⎡⎢⎣V ] ] dt

inv,i

inv,i

⎦⎥

⎣⎢

⎤ n,i⎥ + ⎥ ⎥⎦

(2)

⎤

N Caf⎥ ⎦

Caf ,i

[V ] L di r [i ]+[U ]+[V ] dt n,i n,i

CF,i

NCaf

After realization of: ab and dq transformations, system equations (2), we can presented in the form of the system of matrix equations (3): ⎡∗ ⎤ ⎡ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎢ cd⎥ =[ [⎢ ⎢∗ ⎥ ⎢ ⎢⎣ qi⎥⎦ ⎢⎢ ⎣

•

⎤ ⎥⎡ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎣ ⎥ n⎦

X

A+jΘ I

0

X

0

A−jΘ I

n

•

X ⎥⎤ + ⎡⎢B 0 ⎤⎥ ⎡⎢U X ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 0 B ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢U cd qi

⎡ ⎤ s C 0 ⎥[ [⎡⎢X ⎤⎥+⎡⎢D 0 ⎤⎥[ [⎢U ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ s 0 C ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢X ⎦⎥ ⎣ 0 D ⎦ ⎢⎣⎢U

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎢ cd⎥ =⎢ ⎢ ⎣⎢ qi⎥⎦ ⎣⎢

cd

u

qi

u

cd

w

w

qi

D 0 ⎤⎥[ [⎡⎢w ⎤⎥ 0 D ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣⎢w ⎥⎦⎥

⎤

⎡ +⎢ ⎢ ⎣

inv,ad⎥

u

(3)

B 0 ⎤⎥ ⎡w ⎤] ] ⎢ ⎥ 0 B ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢w⎦⎥

⎤ ⎡ ⎥+⎢ ⎥ ⎢ inv,qi⎦ ⎣

inv,ad

u

⎥ ⎥ inv,qi⎦

cd

w

qi

w

where: ⎡ X cd ⎤ ⎢ ⎥ =T ⎣ X qi ⎦

[A ]

⎡ ⎢− v n ⎢ Ln ⎢ = ⎢ 0 ⎢ ⎢ ⎢ 1 ⎢ ⎣ C af

[C ] =

−1

⎡X d⎤ ⎢ ⎥, ⎣ X q⎦ 0 0

1 C ⎡1 0 0 ⎢ ⎣⎢ 0 1 0

X C

1 − L 1 − L 0

af

⎤ ⎥ ⎦⎥

n

af

⎤ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎦

⎡ ⎤ ⎢ i n ,C ⎥ = ⎢ i inv , C ⎥ , ⎢ ⎥ ⎣ v Caf , C ⎦

[B ] u

[D ] = ⎢ 0 ⎡

u

⎡ 0 ⎢ ⎢ 1 = ⎢ ⎢ L af ⎣⎢ 0

⎤ ⎥ ⎣⎢ 0 ⎥⎦

s ⎤ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥, ⎥ ⎦⎥

C

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤ = ⎢ i n ,C ⎥ ,w C = ⎢ i L ,C ⎥ ⎢⎣ i inv , C ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣V n , C ⎥⎦

[B ] w

⎡ ⎢ ⎢ 0 ⎢ = ⎢ 0 ⎢ 1 ⎢ ⎢⎣ C af

⎡ [D ] = ⎢ 0 0 w

⎣⎢ 0

0

1 L 0 0

⎤ ⎥ ⎥ n ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥⎦

⎤ ⎥ ⎦⎥

This state presented a linear description of the network system, which allows to use a high level synthesis tools for the control law of elimination of resonance phenomenon (norms: H2 or Hoo ) [3]. On resonance pulse w0 impedance Z0 gives a high impedance. If one of the sources: Vnet , Uinv , or iload, contains a current harmonic close to the resonance pulse, the voltage range VP increases very significantly.[5].Control of resonance phenomenon with using of control Uinv voltage will reject perturbations of Vnet and iload, in a frequency range close to resonance pulse w0 . We can applied next possibilities: direct measurement of voltage VP, and controller generate a voltage Vinv -= - K(jw)VP, measurement of current network , and controller generate a voltage Vinv = K(jw)Inet , measurement of current network and inverter, controller generate a voltage V inv = K1(jw)Inet + K2(jw)Iinv . With the help of multivariable synthesis tool, a control law is formulated. This law allows to minimize the transfer of VP around the resounding pulse.[5].

62


2. Power Active Filter in Industrial Plant Network Growth of drive system supplied with converters supply system, caused considerable deterioration of the parameter of electrical energy, in plants supply grid system. Considerable level deterioration of current and voltage supply network, required application of modern method compensation of deformations. Actual applied static resonance compensator, besides advantages having a number of faults: rush control reactive power, limited speed control of the transient power to send for supply grid, great influence of the supply network parameters for filtering efficiency of passive LC filters, possibility of appearance of resonances: series and parallels before filter systems and supply sources. That faults can be reduced by application of the active power filter AFP in inverter supply system. [1, 2, 4, 5]. AFP can work as: series filter, parallel filter, and series - parallel filter. Intermediate solution is application of hybrid active filter cooperative with passive LC. AFP filter assured effective compensation of parasitic harmonics in voltage and current, reduced results voltage and currents supply asymmetry; stabilization of voltage in load terminal, to compensate of voltage drops in the supply grid reactance and make to possible reactive power compensation. A theoretical model of the network and real model of the industrial grid supplied a great power plants were performed with Matlab - Simulink procedures and PSpice simulation programs. Scheme of computer model of the supply grid presented in figure 3. Results of computer calculation are presented in figure 4. Powergui -Continuous

iA + i -

MW_iann

MW_Ud

MW_V

A +

MW_uabnn

Uf

B

Vd2

C

+ v -

alpha_deg

pulses

AB

Przeksztatnik PGG

BC

pulses

F+

F-

A+

A-

+ - v

m

Vd

30/pi

Mobc [N]

C

B

A

CA

0

Maszyna Wycigowa MW

Zadawanie obciazenia

V [m/s]

em

MW_Id

D [1mH]

Terminator

C

B

A

FP1

TL

Block

Synchronizowany 6-Pulsowy Generator

L2d

1/60*2*pi*3

Gain

Terminator1

Ifa

V [m/s]

Ifb

alfa

Ifc

Id [A] + - v

Regulacja pradu i predkosci obrotowej

Vab + v -

Vbc

c

b

a

+ v -

peak2rms

Vca

magnitude

+ - v

vab

B

A

i +-

8 HP- 6000 V 50 Hz - 375 rpm

MD_RW

A

A

A

A

A

a

In1

B

B

B

B

B

b

In2

C

C

C

C

C

c

In3

C C

B

A

Kabel: 207 Vd1

RMS Vab voltage

Tm

(L) Kabla: 223 (R) Kabla: 223

m

A B C

RPW-5 2x39.8uF/1f 1

Te

A B C

do_kasakady_i

A

A

B

B

C

ir_a (A)kasakada_is is_a (A)

30/pi rpm

+i-

A B

A B

C

C

RG-3/10 95uF/1f 1

Ua

Uc

Demux1

iA1

kabel_207_ia

Ub

ir_abc is_abc m wm

+ -

kabel_207_uab

Vb

kaskada_ir

Fourier iAs1

v

0

-K-

signal angle

C

B

A

TG 6kV/370V 2500kVA

do_kasakady_uab Mobc n

Mobc Wentylator

C

R/X zrodla

Figure 3. Simulation model of electro energetic supply system

kaskada_Te

kasakada_Mobc

N (rpm)


63

Figure 4. Active filter node voltage transient and harmonic analysis

3. Influence of Electromagnetic Field Distribution on Surround Environment Electromagnetic field is very divers environment factor: static fields ( electrostatic and magnetic static), low and high frequency fields, to microwave radiation (frequency below 300GHz) [3, 5]. In environment appears sinusoidal fields, distorted parasitic harmonics fields, and modulated in different manner electromagnetic fields. Basic data characterized degree of influence on environment are parameters: basic frequency, intensity of electric field, intensity of magnetic field or flux density, density of radiation power, exposure time of the worker. [4]. Manner and results electromagnetic fields influences directly on human body and or physical elements of the work environment depend on frequency of radiation, density of flux and distance from radiation sources. Electromagnetic field energy absorb directly in human body induced in body electric currents and heat up of tissue. It can be of the reason: sleep disturbance, head ache or giddiness, dullness, partial loss of memory, eyesight disturbance, change of blood image and pressure, immunologic disturbance and finally brain cancer. [3, 5]. Electromagnetic field distribution can be described by system of equation (4): → ⎛ → → → ⎞ ⎛ γ − 1 ⎞⎛ →⋅ → ⎞ → E = γ ⎜ E + v × B ⎟ − ⎜ 2 ⎟⎜ E ⋅ v ⎟ v ⎟⎝ ⎝ ⎠ ⎜⎝ ⎠ ⎠ → → ⎞ ⎛→ → v × E ⎟ ⎛ γ − 1 ⎞⎛ →⋅ → ⎞ → ⎜ B = γ ⎜ B − 2 ⎟ − ⎜ 2 ⎟⎜ B ⋅ v ⎟ v ⎟⎝ ⎟ ⎜⎝ ⎜ ⎠ ⎠ ⎠ ⎝

v

c

(4)

v

where: γ – Lorentz factor, c – light speed, Analysis of electromagnetic field distribution were realised for different types of grid plants supply systems with different coefficients of distortion (THD). ANSYS and JMAG computer program were applied in computer calculation of electromagnetic

64


fields distribution. Each simulation cycle was carried out in the following steps: specification of geometry supply system, specification of human location properties, specification of boundary condition and excitation sources, generating the solution and graphical postprocessing and analysis environment emergency degree. Analysis was performed for two work conditions: static and high frequency fields interaction. Results of computer calculation are applied to calculation of basic parameters of factor dangerous for human body. Boundary data for electric field is – 10 kV/m, and for magnetic component – 2,5 kA/m. [3]. For high frequency electromagnetic fields particularly component are equal: 20V/m, and 3A/m, for frequency f (1kHz – 3MHz). [4, 5].

4. Conclusion Application of the inverter supply system in supply network of the great power drive system, is a reason of the great voltage drop, increase of reactive power consumption, and distortion of the transient supply voltages and supply currents. Capacitors static filter to become that requirement in limited range. Application of the active filter increases effectiveness of reduction level of parasitic harmonics. Application of hybrid active filter assure simultaneously improvement of reactive power compensation. On analysis of industrial plant network very important matter is definition of resonance pulse of the network, and their influences on voltage drop and oscillation of high harmonics of current and voltage in network. Analysis of electromagnetic fields distribution and their radiation in high frequency fields enable realization of special protection system, which reduced negative effect of their fields, and limited their influence on human body.

References [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]

M. Aredes, K. Heumann, A unified power flow controller with active filtering capabilities, Proceedings of PEMC’96, vol.III, Budapest, Hungary, 1996 r. P. G. Barbosa, E. H. Watanabe, Advanced series reactive power compensator based on voltage source invernters, Conference Proceedings COBEC’95, Sao Paulo, 1995 r. J. Karpowicz, K. Gryz, Control and shaping of work conditions in electromagnetic fields and radiations, Work safety nr 10, 2001 r. Z. Szymański, Modern method of improvement electromagnetic compatibility of electro energetic sets, with converter power supply system of great work, Proceedings of CPE’05, Gdansk, June, 2005 r. Z. Szymanski, Analysis of the stability an electro energetic grid with great load converter power supply system, Proceedings of CPE’07, Gdansk, June, 2007r.

Chapter 2 Electromagnetic Field and Health



67

Effects of Radiation in Cellular Cultures M Filomena BOTELHO1, A Cristina SANTOS1, M Carmo LOPES2, Marta PINTO3, Isabel CARREIRA3, Inês ALEIXO4, Inês ROLO4, Luís NEVES4, Ricardo COSTA4, Rosemeyre CORDEIRO4, Cláudia FERREIRA4, Gilberto ALMEIDA4, Hugo 4 TAVARES4, Joana MARQUES4, João CASTRO , M João BÁRTOLO4 1 Instituto de Biofísica/Biomatemática, IBILI, Faculdade de Medicina de Coimbra 2 Serviço de Física Médica, IPO-CROC, Coimbra 3 Instituto de Biologia Médica, Faculdade de Medicina de Coimbra 4 Licenciatura de Engenharia Biomédica, Faculdade de Ciências e Tecnologia da Universidade de Coimbra, E-mail: [email protected]

Abstract. We aimed to compare eventual biological effects in cellular cultures after X-ray irradiation. Human amnyocytes and rat peritoneal macrophages, irradiated with 3 Gy (G II) and 6 Gy (G III) were compared with a non-irradiated control (G I) over time. Both cell lines were isolated and cultured under aseptic conditions (37ºC, 5% CO2). Cell proliferation and radiation cytotoxic effects were studied with the MTT test Cytogenetic evaluation of amnyocytes was done at 4, 24, 120 and 144 h post-irradiation, showing a correlation between the decrease of the survival rate and the increase of the irradiation intensity, although with some recovery capacity. For rat peritoneal macrophages the 6 Gy were also more harmful, killing the majority of the cells. The 3 Gy dose, although aggressive, enables a higher survival rate.

Introduction Since the second half of the XXth century, after the discovery of X-rays, the effects of this kind of radiation on living cells has been a subject of intense research. Although there is a lot of information on macroscopic and cytologic induced alterations, little knowledge exists on the mechanism of these changes or the connection between the effects of short wave radiation and environmental conditions. It is extremely important to know the interactions that might occur between radiation sources and living cells, in order to try to evaluate, qualitative and quantitatively, possible lesion risks. Studies of Hayden et al. and Smith in cereals gave a great contribution to determine cause-effect relationships between presence or absence of lesions, genetic effects and chromosomic aberrations due to irradiation with X-rays of barley seeds [1, 2, 3, 4, 5]. When exposed to radiation, cells suffer physical, chemical and biological changes. As cells are a part of the all, these changes will influence tissues, organs and systems, and ultimately the organism [6,7]. Radiation can be non-ionizing or ionizing, depending on its ability to withdraw electrons from the atoms and to form ion pairs. Ionizing radiation is potentially dangerous due to its capacity of producing ions, being responsible for biological damage in living organisms [7]. Chemical (atom binding rupture and free radical formation) and biological phenomena (specific cell function alteration) follow physical

68

M.F. Botelho et al. / Effects of Radiation in Cellular Cultures

properties of radiation which are responsible for the decrease or alteration of activity of the living organism. These are the first reactions to radiation usually happening for relatively low doses. Besides these functional reactions, biological effects are also characterized by morphological variations. Changes of essential functions might induce immediate cell death, if its structure it is considerably damaged [6,7]. Some human cells are highly specialized, for example neurons, while others are constantly renewed. The higher the specialization degree, the slowest is the cell division, being less radiosensitive. For instance, epithelial, intestinal lining or hæmatopoietic cells are more sensible to radiation than other kinds of cells. Exception made to the lymphocytes, although they only divide in very particular conditions [7]. In studies with vegetables it has been seen that X-rays induce two kinds of cytologic alterations, depending if nuclei are in interphase or in division upon irradiation. Primary effects are irregular fragmentation and agglutination of chromosomes when irradiation coincides with the prophase, due to matrix rigidity. As a consequence of agglutination, chromosome movements are irregular and might origine an atypical disposition of the accromatic fuse, pseudo-amythosis, etc.. The secondary effect, due to irradiation during the interphase, will be fragmentation which induces aberrations, with or without subsequent reconstruction of the ends of the fractured chromosome, originating transloccation, inversion, deletion, bridges, fragments, etc. [1]. A complex organism exposed to radiation suffers somatic effects and genetically transmissible effects [8]. Cells have a great capacity of reparing damages throughout a series of mechanisms designated cell rescue. In some cases the damaged cell is still able to divide and the mutated daughter cells either die or replicate the mutation, possibly leading to a malignant tumor. Each organ reacts presenting different levels of tolerance to radiation [7]. According to some studies, there are situations in which one can observe a phenomenon designated low dose hypersensitivity [9]. The clinical condition of an all-body irradiated patient depends on the absorbed radiation dose, expressed by the unit Gray (Gy) – quantity of energy by mass unit of tissue, corresponding to 1 J/Kg of irradiated mass. Very high doses (hundreds of Gy) imply death in a very few minutes; doses such as 100 Gy cause death of the central nervous system and death in a few hours to 1 or 2 days. An all-body dose of tens of Gy induces a gastrointestinal syndrome, dehydration, weight loss, serious infections leading to death in some days. Doses of a few Gy lead to an hæmatopoietic syndrome [6,7]. Litterature on the influence of atmosphere on X-ray effects is scarce, but apparently (both for plants and animals) lesions are smaller in the absence of air. Besides the rate of cell division, the organ sensitivity is also influenced by the organ ranking role in the organism well-being, as well as its oxygen and blood supply [1,8].

Material & Methods Two different kinds of cells from two different species were chosen - human amnyocytes and rat peritoneal macrophages - for our experimental study, due to previous work developed in our lab. The human amnyocytes were isolated from amnyocentesis fluid and cultured in flasks with the indicated media, in asseptical conditions at 37ºC, in an enriched 5% CO2 atmosphere [10]. The peritoneal macrophages were collected from Wistar rats two months old [11]. After collection, the macrophages were cultivated in flat bottom multiwell plates with complete RPMI-1640


69

medium with L-glutamine and recommended antibiotics, also at 37ºC in a 5% CO2 atmosphere. After propagation, the amnyocytes were divided into three culture flasks: flask I was the non-irradiated control; flask II was irradiated with 4 MeV X-rays in a Varian – Clinac 600C accelerator for 67.2 sec corresponding to a 3 Gy dose; flask III was irradiated for 134.4 sec receiving a 6 Gy dose. One hour after irradiation, 100 μl of colcemide were added to the aliquots in order to inhibit the accromatic fuse formation. Samples were kept for 3 h at 37ºC (Heraus Instruments Incubator function line EG 110I, Line A JOUAN, SHELLAB). Manipulation and cell fixation for cytogenetic evaluation were done at 4 h (T0), 24 h (T1), 120 h (T2) and 144 h (T3) post-irradiation. The slides with the fixed cells were observed using a contrast phase optical microscope (NIKON Japan 60). To evaluate cell proliferation and radiation cytotoxic effects, the colorimetric MTT test [3-(4, 5-dimethylthiazolyl-2)-2, 5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide] (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Missouri, USA) was used at this point, enabling the counting of living cells 6:30h, 42:30h, 120h and 146h after irradiation. Images were obtained with a contrast phase optical microscope (NIKON Eclipse TS 100) and colour intensity was measured by microELISA (at 570 nm, with a ref. filter of 620 nm). The rat macrophages were splitted into three groups: group I –control; group II – cells irradiated with 3 Gy; and group III – cells irradiated with 6 Gy. After irradiation, the multiwell plate was incubated in the previously referred conditions for 2:30h. This wasconsidered our time 0 (T0); time-1 (T1) = 8 h post-irradiation; time-2 (T2) = 48 h after irradiation; time-3 = 58 h post-irradiation. Cell viability was evaluated also using the MTT test [12]. Visual control was achieved with a contrast phase optical microscope and colour intensity was measured by microELISA (at 570 nm, with a ref. filter of 620 nm).

Results In human amnyocyte cytogenetic studies, for times T1 and T3, the cells irradiated with a 6 Gy dose showed more lesions and/or isolated chromosome fragments when compared to the ones irradiated with 3 Gy (Table 1). The surviving cells showed, along time, in both samples (3 Gy and 6 Gy), ability to recover, nevertheless a more significant recovery was verified for the 3 Gy dose (Fig. 1). Using the cytotoxicity test we observed a decrease of the viable cells rate, from 88.89% to 66.66% in the 3 Gy sample and from 70.37% to 45,94% in the 6 Gy irradiation. In what concerns the rat macrophages, cell survival rate of the control culture has been considered the standard for all samples. For T0 (2:30h) cell survival has been 100% for all samples (control, 3 Gy and 6 Gy); for T1 (8h) cell survival was 90% for the 3 Gy dose and 80% for the 6 Gy irradiation; for T2 (48h) values were, respectively, 71.43% and 28.60% (Fig. 2); for T3 (58h) the survival rate was 70% for 3 Gy and 25% for 6 Gy.

70


Table 1. Chromosomic study of 30 metaphases. Study

T1 (24h)

T3 (144h)

Normal

Pieces

Ruptures

Control

29

1

0

3 Gy

18

9 (1 plate with pieces)

4 (1 rupture in a plate with 1 piece)

6 Gy

4

25

10 (9 of which in plates with pieces)

Control

29

0

1

3 Gy

30

0

0

6 Gy

17

11 (1 broken chromosome)

2 (in plates also with pieces)

Control (T1)

6 Gy (T1)

3 Gy (T1)

6 Gy (T3)

Fig. 1. Results of human amnyocytes’ cytogenetic study performed in 30 metaphases.

71


T1 (8h)

control

3 Gy

6 Gy T2 (48h)

control

3 Gy

6 Gy

Fig. 2. Some images of viability/cytotoxicity MTT tests of rat peritoneal macrophages for T1 & T2.

Discussion & Conclusions The human amnyocyte cell line showed, after irradiation in our experimental conditions, a significant decrease of the survival rate. They showed some recovery, and the proliferation rate was correlated with the irradiation intensity. The rat peritoneal macrophages showed that a 6 Gy irradiation is more harmful, killing the majority of the cells. The 3 Gy dose, although aggressive, enables a higher survival rate. Time is also an important factor and cell death is proportional to it. The number of living cells decreases with time and dose intensity.

References [1]

B. Hayden, L. Smith, The relation of atmosphere to biological effects of X-rays, Genetics 34: 26-43, 1949. [2] L. Smith, Hereditary susceptibility to X-ray injury in. Triticum monococcum, Amer J Bot 29: 189-191, 1942. [3] L. Smith, Relation of polyploidy to heat and x-ray effects in the cereals, J. Hered. 34: 130-134, 1943. [4] L. Smith, A comparison of the effects of heat and X-rays on dormant seeds of cereals with special reference to polyploidy , J. Agric. Res. 73: 137-158, 1946. [5] L. Smith, The aceto-carmine smear. Technic, Stain Tech 22: 17-31, 1947. [6] F. A. Mettler, A. C. Upton, Medical effects of ionizing radiation, Grune & Stratton, Inc., Orlando, Florida, 1995. [7] National Council on Radiation Protection (NCRP), Report 93, USA, 1987. [8] B. Buddemeir, Understanding radiation and its effects, in LLNL Counter terrorism and incident response program. LLN Laboratory ed, California, 2006. [9] M. C. Joiner, B. Marples, P. Lambin, S. C. Short, I. Turesson I, Low-Dose Fractionated Radiation Potentiates the Effects of Paclitaxel in Wild-type and Mutant p53 Head and Neck Tumor Cell Lines, Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys 49: 379-389, 2001. [10] H. E. Wyandt, V.S. Tonk, X.L. Huan, A.T. Evans, J.M. Milunsk, A. Milunsky, Correlation of Abnormal Rapid FISH and Chromosome Results from Amniocytes for Prenatal Diagnosis, Fetal Diagn Ther 21: 235-240, 2006. [11] D. M. Weir, Handbook of experimental immunology, vol 2, Blackwell Scientific Publ, 2nd ed, Oxford, 1973. [12] T. Mossman, Rapid Colorimetric Assay for Cellular Growth and Survival: Application to Proliferation and Cytotoxicity Assays, J Immunol Meth 65: 55-63, 1983.

72


Influence of Static Electric Field Generated Nearby High Voltage Direct Current Transmission Lines on Hormonal Activity of Experimental Animals Grzegorz CIESLAR a,1, Paweł SOWA b, Beata KOS-KUDLA c, Aleksander SIERON a a Department and Clinic of Internal Diseases, Angiology and Physical Medicine, Medical University of Silesia, Bytom, Poland b Institute of Power System and Control, Silesian University of Technology, Gliwice, Poland c Department of Pathophysiology and Endocrinology, Medical University of Silesia, Zabrze, Poland

Abstract. The aim of the study was to estimate the effect of static electric fields with physical parameters generated nearby HVDC transmission lines on hormonal system of experimental animals. 96 male Wistar rats were exposed for 56 consecutive days (8 hours daily) to static electric field with intensity of 16, 25 and 35 kV/m respectively, while 32 control rats were shame-exposed. Exposure to static electric fields evoked transient stimulation of insulin and thyroid hormones secretion as well as decrease in serum corticosterone level. As observed effects appeared mostly for intensity above 16 kV/m in prepared recommendations potential harmful effect of electric fields with such intensities should be regarded. Keywords. Static electric field, High Voltage Direct Current transmission lines, hormonal activity, rats

Introduction The results of experimental studies suggest that different forms of electric field affect significantly hormonal activity of hypophysis, adrenal cortex, thyroid gland and testes of experimental animals, probably as a result of stimulation by this physical factor acting as a non-specific stressor – the activity of hypothalamus-hypophysis-peripheral glands system or direct effect on synthesis and secretion of particular hormones. The divergence of obtained results is related mainly to different physical parameters of electric field and experimental models used by particular authors. Nowadays transport of electric power using air High Voltage Direct Current (HVDC) transmission lines becomes very popular. Regarding the lack of reports dealing with the influence of strong static electric fields on activity of endocrine glands in available literature, the aim of the study was to 1 Corresponding Author: Grzegorz Cieślar, Department and Clinic of Internal Diseases, Angiology and Physical Medicine, Medical University of Silesia, Batorego St. 15, PL-41902 Bytom, Poland, E:mail: [email protected]

G. Cieslar et al. / Influence of Static Electric Field

73

estimate the effect of static electric fields with physical parameters generated nearby HVDC transmission lines on hormonal system of experimental animals.

1. Material and Methods Experimental material consisted of 128 male Wistar albino rats aged 6 weeks, weighting about 150 g. During the whole experiment all animals were placed in identical environmental conditions (constant temperature 22 ± 1oC and humidity of air) under a 12 h light-dark cycle) and fed with standard laboratory pellet food Labofed B (15g per day) and free access to tap water. All animals were randomly divided into 4 equal groups (32 animals each) with no significant differences in body weight. Two weeks before the beginning of exposure cycle rats from all groups were adapted to new environmental conditions in room, in which subsequently whole experiment was performed. This adaptation process and optimal environmental conditions in a specially designed room enabled to exclude the influence of other factors than electric field action on hormonal activity of experimental animals. 1.1. Procedure of Exposure to Static Electric Field The animals from 3 experimental groups were exposed for 56 consecutive days (8 hours daily, alternately between 700÷1500, 1500÷2300 and 2300÷700, similarly as in case of electric current transmission lines staff working in shifts) to static electric field with different electric field intensity values in a specially designed experimental system consisting of autotransformer, high voltage transformer 220V/60000V, cascade rectifier, water rheostat, 2 electrodes with round shape and specially profiled edges placed in a distance of 50 cm from each other, typical plastic cage placed between both electrodes containing 8 animals at a same time and magnetostatic kilo-voltmeter C196 type. Rats from first experimental group were exposed to static electric field with intensity of 16 kV/m, rats from second experimental group were exposed to static electric field with intensity of 25 kV/m and rats from third experimental group were exposed to static electric field with intensity of 35 kV/m. The control animals were subjected to sham-exposure in the same experimental system, during which no electric field was generated between electrodes. Taking into account the lack of regulations limiting the parameters of exposure to static electric field generated nearby High Voltage Direct Current transmission lines, in selection of analyzed electric field intensity values actual obligatory norms for occupational exposure to variable electric fields with frequency above 1 Hz as well as results of measurements of electric field intensity in the corridor of actually existing HVDC transmission lines were included. The lowest value of chosen electric field intensity – 16 kV/m is contained within the range of permissible norm for variable electric fields in conditions of occupational exposure, intermediary value of 25 kV/m corresponds with typical values of static electric field intensity observed in „corridor” of actually existing HVDC transmission lines and highest value of 35 kV/m conforms to top level of electric field intensity, which occur sometimes in close proximity of electric field transmission lines in especially unfavorable weather conditions.

74


1.2. Biochemical Analysis At 14th, 28th and 56th day of exposure cycle and then at 28th day after the end of exposure cycle a part of animals from all groups (8 rats at a same time) was exsanguinated in Morbital narcosis (50 mg/kg of body weight i.p.) between 800 and 1000 a.m. regarding daily profile of concentration of some hormones with highest excretion level in the morning. Then the collected blood (6-8 ml) was decanted and centrifuged and in obtained serum the concentrations of some hormones as insulin, glucagon, adrenocorticotropin, corticosterone, triiodothyronine, thyroxine and testosterone were estimated. Concentration of particular hormones were determined by means of radioimmunologic method using respectively: Rat Insulin RIA Kit RI-13K (LINCO Research St. Charles, MI, USA), Glucagon Radioimmunoassay (RIA) Kit RK-028-02 (Phoenix Peptide, Belmont, CA, USA), DSL-2300 ACTH Radioimmunoassay (RIA) Kit, DSL-80100 Rat Corticosterone Radioimmunoassay (RIA) Kit, DSL-3100 ACTIVE Triiodothyronine (T3) Coated-Tube Radioimmunoassay (RIA) Kit, DSL-3200 ACTIVE Thyroxine Coated-Tube Radioimmunoassay (RIA) Kit and DSL-4000 ACTIVE Testosterone Coated-Tube Radioimmunoassay (RIA) Kit (all Diagnostic Systems Laboratories, Inc., Oxon, Great Britain). 1.3. Statistical Analysis The results of measurements presented as mean values ± SEM for particular groups were subjected to statistical analysis by means of analysis of variance (Kruskal-Wallis ANOVA test) with subsequent detailed analysis of differences between particular groups by means of post-hoc U-Mann-Whitney’s test.

2. Results Mean values of serum concentrations of particular hormones in succeeding days of experiment in all experimental groups of rats are presented in Table 1. Mean serum concentration of insulin at 14th day of exposure cycle in group 16 kV/m was significantly higher comparing to control group (by 110,3% (p=0,012)). In other groups of animals exposed to electric field mean serum concentration of this hormone did not differ significantly in comparison with control group. At 28th day of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of insulin in group 16 kV/m did not differ significantly comparing to control group, while in groups 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m it was significantly higher in comparison with control group (by 38,8% (p=0,046) and 67,0% (p=0,046), respectively). At 56th day of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of insulin in groups 16 kV/m and 25 kV/m was significantly higher in comparison with control group (by 59,1% (p=0,012) and 90,2% (p=0,006), respectively), while in group 35 kV/m it did not differ significantly comparing to control group. At 28th day after the end of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of insulin in groups of rats exposed to electric field did not differ significantly in comparison to control group.


75

Table 1. Serum concentrations of particular hormones (mean value ± SEM) in succeeding days of experiment in groups of rats exposed to static electric field and in control one. Hormone

Group of rats

Control 16 kV/m 25 kV/m 35 kV/m Control Glucagon [pg/tube] 16 kV/m 25 kV/m 35 kV/m Control ACTH [pg/ml] 16 kV/m 25 kV/m 35 kV/m Corticosterone Control [ng/ml] 16 kV/m 25 kV/m 35 kV/m Triiodothyronine Control [ng/dl] 16 kV/m 25 kV/m 35 kV/m Control Thyroxine [ng/dl] 16 kV/m 25 kV/m 35 kV/m Testosterone Control [ng/ml] 16 kV/m 25 kV/m 35 kV/m Insulin [ng/ml]

Day of experiment 14 day of 28 day of exposure exposure 0.852±0.104 1.791±0.218 1.115±0.177 1.006±0.131 8.12±1.34 8.30±0.45 13.86±2.23 13.40±1.35 416.94±29.34 412.56±27.14 352.46±30.09 286.82±26.13 308.85±45.75 202.94±29.65 195.24±21.29 152.21±25.79 253.47±10.25 271.78±14.75 278.63±6.39 257.49±8.05 4.016±0,289 5.272±0.302 5.357±0.305 6.336±0.430 0.401±0.114 3.076±0.920 3.041±1.184 3.178±0.967

1.318±0.150 1.906±0.279 1.831±0.203 2.202±0.319 12.21±2.07 7.17±0.96 6.27±1.10 6.80±0.85 307.26±28.71 276.63±15.19 315.64±15.99 314.54±21.73 275.20±40.69 219.27±42.94 160.91±25.59 60.30±19.32 207.70±7.35 234.50±9.03 241.12±8.89 259.50±6.97 6.319±0.381 8.128±0.351 7.808±0.788 9.533±0.407 5.654±1.045 11.220±3.520 7.109±1.989 5.758±1.533

56 day of exposure

28 day after the end of exposure 0.407±0.044 0.863±0.223 0.648±0.055 1.007±0.127 0.775±0.106 0.878±0.117 0.617±0.084 0.892±0.083 34.02±5.58 34.20±7.55 40.49±5.87 25.02±4.02 24.27±5.19 32.44±5.04 17.38±3.61 30.95±4.12 360.378±40.47 380.20±40.50 476.75±93.04 331.61±30.68 413.74±33.95 380.87±36.83 454.79±36.38 442.26±34.37 203.39±15.80 211.47±45.64 209.86±33.50 140.41±37.03 195.77±23.59 238.71±39.51 157.59±31.46 209.54±39.23 256.21±23.77 272.75±18.45 284.69±8.08 289.36±11.28 315.16±15.62 342.62±10.92 327.98±21.08 360.66±10.26 4.109±0.260 3.560±0.207 5.370±0.262 3.835±0.243 4.749±0.418 3.437±0.246 4.637±0.347 4.030±0.264 0.832±0.428 3.501±1.023 3.523±1.436 5.244±1.126 0.896±0.342 4.491±1.518 6.396±1.639 5.066±2.224

Mean serum concentration of glucagon at 14th day of exposure cycle in groups 16 kV/m and 25kV/m did not differ significantly in comparison with control group, while in group 35 kV/m it was significantly higher comparing to control group (by 65% (p=0,016)). At 28th day of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of glucagons in group 16 kV/m did not differ significantly in comparison with control group, while in groups 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m it was significantly higher comparing to control group (by 48,6% (p=0,046) and 44,3% (p=0,046), respectively). At 56th day of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of glucagons in groups 16 kV/m and 25 kV/m did not differ significantly in comparison with control group, while in group 35 kV/m it was significantly lower comparing to control group (by 48,9% (p=0,027)). At 28th day after the end of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of glucagon in groups of rats exposed to electric field did not differ significantly in comparison to control group. Mean serum concentration of adrenocorticotropin (ACTH) at 14th day of exposure cycle in groups 16 kV/m and 25 kV/m did not differ significantly in comparison with control group while in group 35 kV/m it was significantly lower comparing to control group (by 31,2% (p=0,009). At 28th and 56th day of exposure cycle and at 28th day after the end of this cycle mean serum concentration of adrenocorticotropin in groups of rats exposed to electric field did not differ significantly in comparison with control group.

76


Mean serum concentration of corticosterone at 14thday of exposure cycle in all groups of animals exposed to electric field (16 kV/m, 25kV/m i 35kV/m) was significantly lower in comparison to control group (by 34,3% (p=0,046), 36,8% (p=0,046) and 50,7% (p=0,006), respectively). At 28th day of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of corticosterone in group 16 kV/m did not differ significantly comparing to control group, while in groups 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m it was significantly lower in comparison with control group (by 41,5% (p=0,036) and 78,1% (p=0,002), respectively). At 56th day of exposure cycle and at 28th day after the end of this cycle mean serum concentration of corticosterone in groups of rats exposed to electric field did not differ significantly in comparison with control group. Mean serum concentration of triiodothyronine at 14th day of exposure cycle in all experimental groups did not differ significantly comparing to control group. At 28th day of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of triiodothyronine in group 16 kV/m did not differ significantly comparing to control group, while in groups 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m it was significantly higher in comparison with control group (by 16,1% (p=0,021) and 24,9% (p=0,002), respectively). Also at 56th day of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of this hormone in group 16 kV/m did not differ significantly comparing to control group, while in groups 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m it was significantly higher in comparison with control group (by 23,0% (p=0,046) and 28,8% (p=0,036), respectively). At 28th day after the end of exposure cycle serum concentration of triiodothyronine in group 16 kV/m did not differ significantly comparing to control group, while in groups 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m it was significantly higher in comparison with control group (by 25,6% (p=0,006) and 32,2% (p=0,003), respectively). Mean serum concentration of thyroxine at 14th day of exposure cycle in all groups of animals exposed to electric field (16 kV/m, 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m) was significantly higher in comparison with control group (by 31,3% (p=0,016), 33,4% (p=0,012) and 57,8% (p=0,002), respectively). Similarly at 28th day of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of thyroxine in all groups of animals exposed to electric field (16 kV/m, 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m) was significantly higher in comparison with control group (by 28,6% (p=0,006), 23,6% (p=0,046) and 50,9% (p=0,001), respectively). At 56th day of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of thyroxine in group 16 kV/m was significantly higher comparing to control group (by 30,7% (p=0,009)), while in other experimental groups concentration of this hormone did not differ in comparison with control group. At 28th day after the end of exposure cycle mean serum concentration of thyroxine in groups of rats exposed to electric field did not differ significantly in comparison with control group. Mean serum concentration of testosterone at 14th day of exposure cycle in all groups of animals exposed to electric field (16 kV/m, 25 kV/m and 35 kV/m) was significantly higher in comparison with control group (by 666,5% (p=0,006), 657,7% (p=0,021) and 692,0% (p=0,005), respectively). At 28th and 56th day of exposure cycle and at 28th day after the end of this cycle mean serum concentration of testosterone in experimental groups did not differ significantly in comparison with control group.

3. Discussion The observed effect of exposure of experimental animals to static electric field resulting in transient significant increase in insulin, thyroxine, triiodothyronine and testosterone activities during exposure cycle, as well as significant decrease in


77

corticosterone activity in early phase of exposure cycle with subsequent normalization of this activities after the end of exposure approximate typical two-phase stress reaction to external stimulus as e.g. immobilization [1]. Unfortunately, lack of data dealing with the influence of static electric field on activity of hormonal axis hypothalamus-pituitary gland-peripheral glands in attainable literature does not allow to confirm univocally the hypothesis on stress origin of obtained effects. It seems that results of experimental studies on hormonal effects of variable electric fields with similar values of electric field intensities could support this hypothesis. Exposure of male mice to electric field (frequency 50 Hz, intensity 10 kV/m) [2] and (frequency 60 Hz, intensity 25, 50 kV/m) [3] led to increase in morning corticosterone level with subsequent normalization during further exposure. On the other hand exposure of rats to electric field (frequency 60 Hz, intensity 15 kV/m) [4] and (frequency 60 Hz, intensity 64 kV/m) [5] evoked significant decrease in corticosterone level and both in corticosterone and testoterone level, respectively. Finally exposure of rats to electric field (frequency 50 Hz intensity 50 Hz) [6] caused a slight decrease in triiodothyronine concentration without any significant changes in corticosterone and thyroxine level, while exposure of young rabbits to electric field with the same parameters resulted only in decrease in corticosterone level [7]. Presented results indicate that electric fields could influence hormonal activity of adrenal gland, thyroid gland and testicles in experimental animals both by activation of physiological hormonal axis or by direct stimulation of synthesis and secretion of hormones in particular glands. The divergence of time dependence and direction of obtained changes in hormone concentrations are due to different physical parameters of electric field and experimental models used. Taking into account that observed hormonal effects of electric field action were intensity-related and they appeared mostly for intensity values above 16 kV/m, it seems that intensity values of static electric field nearby planned High Voltage Direct Current transmission lines must not exceed level of 16 kV/m.

4. Conclusions 1.

2. 3.

Long-term exposure of rats to strong static electric fields with intensity generated nearby High Voltage Direct Current transmission lines evokes transient stimulation of excretion of insulin and thyroid hormones as well as decrease in corticosterone level probably in the course of long-lasting stress reaction caused by electric field action. The observed hormonal effects of electric field action were intensity-related and they appeared mostly for intensity values above 16 kV/m. In prepared recommendations potential harmful effect of electric fields with such physical parameters should be taken into account, and intensity values of static electric field nearby planned High Voltage Direct Current transmission lines must not exceed level of 16 kV/m.

Acknowledgements Study was supported by grant of ministry of Education and Science (2004-2007) as research project PBZ-KBN-098/T09/2003

78


References [1] [2] [3] [4]

[5] [6] [7]

D. Rai, G. Bhatia, T. Sen, G. Palit, Comparative study of perturbations of peripheral markers in different stressors in rats, Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol., 81 (2003), 1139-1146. L. DeBruyn, L. DeJager, Electric field exposure and evidence of stress in mice, Environ. Res. 65, (1994), 149-156. R. Hackman, H. B. Graves, Corticosterone levels in mice exposed to high intensity electric fields, Behav. Neural. Biol., 32 (1981), 201-213. A. A. Marino, T. J. Berger, B. P. Austin, R. O. Becker, F. X. Hart, In vivo bioelectrochemical changes associated with exposure to extremely low frequency electric fields, Physiol. Chem. Phys., 9 (1977), 433-441. M. J. Free, W. T. Kaune, R. D. Phillips, H. C. Cheng, Endocrinological effects of strong 60 Hz electric fields on rats, Bioelectromagnetics, 2 (1981), 105-121. R. Portet, The thyroid and adrenal glands in rats chronically exposed to an intense electric field, C R Seances Soc. Biol. Fil., 177 (1983), 290-295. R. Portet, J. Cabanes, Development of young rats and rabbits exposed to a strong electric field, Bioelectromagnetics, 9 (1988), 95-104.


79

Classifying Endogenous Rhythms in Pacemaker ECG Signals Agnieszka DURAJ (1), Andrzej KRAWCZYK (2) (1)

Institute of Computer Science, Technical University of Lodz, 93-005 Łódź, ul. Wólczańska 215, [email protected], (2) Central Institute for Labour Protection (2) 00-701 Warsaw, ul Czerniakowska 16, [email protected]

Abstract. This article presents the problem of classification of endogenous rhythms with electrocardiography signals coming from patients with implanted cardiac pacemaker. Efficiency of detection of QRS complex was examined by algorithms working in time domain. During the investigation attention was paid to proper selection of level decomposition, good choice of detection threshold as well as choice of wavelet transformation. In case of identification of endogenic rhythm attention was paid to architecture of feedforward neural network, selection of teaching file and the accuracy of classification depending on the activation function used. Keywords. wavelet neural networks, QRS complexes, pacemaker signals

Introduction In recent years, a fast-paced development of processing methods of biomedical signals could be observed, offering new diagnostic possibilities. In addition to the methods using signals derivatives and neural networks, the time-frequency routines are becoming more and more popular, especially wavelet transforms and solutions combining several methods (e.g. wavelet neural networks). Prior works referred to utilizing the aforementioned methods (neural networks, wavelet transforms or signal’s derivatives) for the purpose of QRS complex detection [1-6]. Electrocardiographic signals from freely accessible Internet MIT-BIH database [7] were taken into consideration. The Massachusetts Institute of Technology – Beth Israel Hospital Arrhythmia Database (MIT-BIH) contains eight directories with various disorders detected using Holter method. Most commonly examined are the 48 records from MIT-DIB directory, which contain the signal file, the header file (contains the patient's information) and the file of diagnostic data (contains the signal in the binary form). Sampling frequency of those signals is 360 Hz and the resolution is 12 bit. For the purpose of the conducted research considering the QRS complex detection and concurrent classification of patient’s endogenous rhythm, the database of electrocardiographic signals from patients with implanted pacemaker systems was assembled. Analysis of specialist literature on the subject gives more hope for enhancement of accuracy and reliability of algorithms by combining various digital

80

A. Duraj and A. Krawczyk / Classifying Endogenous Rhythms in Pacemaker ECG Signals

signal processing technologies. In the paper the results obtained for 150 pacemakers ECG signals made available by the Institute of Cardiology in Warsaw will be presented. Those signals came from patients with implanted cardiac pacemaker produced by Biotronik company and recorded by Holter method with sampling frequency of 128 Hz and resolution of 8 bit. We checked the frequency of pacemaker working. In case of 150 ECG pacemakers signals, which it was discussed, it turned out that all of signals were characteristic the different proportion of the endogenic or pacemaker rhythms (Fig. 1). In this paper the results of the research works related to the classification of endogenous rhythm are presented. The tests were performed using several neural network structures, considering several training sets. Also, two methods of division were used (split-sample and cross-validation) and the best number of neurons in particular layers was tested. Also, the research works related to the selection of activation functions were conducted on selected neural network structures with 1 to 4 hidden layers.

The Methodology of the Research In order to realize research on QRS complex detection and its classification on the endogenous rhythm of a patient with implanted cardiac pacemaker device, the intuitive concept of wavelet neural network (WNN) was used. At the first stage the decomposition of electrocardiographic – pacemaker signal was performed, which gave the vector of all the QRS complexes occurring in electrocardiographic – pacemaker signal. At the second stage, for the purpose of classification of endogenous rhythm and patient’s artificial rhythm, several feedforward neural networks were used, i.e. single, double and triple layered networks of tangensoidal and sigmoidal activation function. Thus, the structure of the entire system is qualified by suitable choice of the wavelet and the neural network. Some authors, in order to finish the neural network training, recommend aborting the training after predefined iteration (the so-called epoch number) In case of the analyzed set of the electrocardiographic – pacemaker signals, the hold-out method was applied, which sets the breakpoint of the training process at the moment of the minimal test error. In the literature of the subject both negative [8] and positive [9] opinions concerning this methodology can be found. Also, the appropriate selection of the input data set is of an essential issue. Analysis of the literature on the subject indicates the existence of several methods related to dividing that data set into the training set and the testing set. The database was divided into training set and testing set using two methods: • split-sample, the most often used method; • cross-validation, where the set is divided into k almost equinumerous sets, out of which (k-1) take part in the learning process. It is also worth mentioning, that in the case of research on medical diagnostics it is important to take into consideration in the learning process a well selected part of the set, one that includes all characteristic cases. The methods of division of the set, in case of medical data, are described in paper [10], pointing out, that the best method is the cross-validation method. According to the author, too small k leads to understated estimation due to big difference between the number of training sets used in the crossvalidation and the size of the full database.


81

Figure 1. Exemplary pacemaker ECG signals a) stym005; b) stym014; c) stym025 d) stym037

Another important issue is the selection of the adequate neural network architecture, which comes down to specifying the appropriate number of hidden layers and the quantity of neurons in them. In the case of the issue being discussed, the number of the input and the output layers is determined by the examined task. In many research papers directly related to the classification of the medical data, the problems concerning the selection of optimal neural network architecture are very rarely discussed. In majority of the works the optimization of the medical data (e.g. the patient's) is performed and the specific structure of neural network is given, for which the best result was obtained. In the aforementioned researches the observation of only several neural network structures was performed, from one to four hidden layers. For each structure the number of hidden neurons was modified, according to the following vector: nu=[10,20,30,40,50,60,70]. Additionally, the principle was applied, that for networks of n hidden layers, if the first layer was composed of N neurons, the second one will undergo change consequently according to the sequence 5,10,...,N. For each kind of network the two aforementioned ways of determining initial weights were used. Each kind of network was trained until almost perfect recognition of the training set, in other words until obtaining training error E=10-3. In the training process the error backpropagation algorithm was used.

Endogenous Rhythm Recognition – Research Results As it was mentioned above, the researches were performed for several training sets. For two disjoint sets, where the first set included only the endogenous QRS complexes, the second one included only the pacemaker QRS complexes and the third set including mixed number of endogenous and pacemaker QRS complexes. Following the process of detecting QRS complex, further research was on the recognition of endogenous rhythm - own rhythm of a patient with implanted pacemaker. The activity of several feedforward neural networks was examined. The result of training a particular neural network structure by particular training sets were

82


very similar and were within the margin of error E=0.001. It was noted, however, that the more numerous the training set, the more exact the classification. Simulation research began with a set of 5000 QRS complexes. Each of the three sets was being scaled up by 1000 QRS complexes and the experiments were performed. Scaling up the set was finished at the number of 12000. As result of the observation, along with the number of the training set the accuracy of classification increases, as shown in Fig.2.

98

97.5

97

96.5

96

95.5

95

94.5 5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

10000

11000

12000

Figure 2. The relationship between the classification accuracy and the training set number.

Sequent research works were related to the division of the data set into the training set and the testing set, using two methods as following: split-sample and crossvalidation. For the two prepared sets including only the endogenous QRS complexes or only pacemaker QRS complexes, no differences in accuracy of classification between the aforementioned set division methods were noticed. For the third set, which included mixed number of QRS complexes (endogenous as well as pacemaker), better results were obtained using the cross-validation method. Mean difference between the set division methods is 0,37%. Sample results are given in Table 1. Table 1 Average accuracy for division of the data set. Metod Split sample Cross-validation

Average accuracy [%] 97,45 97,82

It should be noticed that in case of electrocardiographic signals containing very large number of pacemaker QRS complexes in comparison to endogenous QRS complexes (or the other way round), each kind of neural network, except for the twolayered structure with 10 neurons in the hidden layer, classified the QRS complexes in 100%. Different results were obtained for signals with diverse number of endogenous and pacemaker QRS complexes. Sample results for four signals with endogenous rhythm content ratio accordingly of 74% (stym032), 58% (stym121), 45% (stym037), 32% (stym095) are shown in Table 2.


83

Considering the four kinds of neural networks, the best results in most signals were obtained with the structure with two hidden layers. However, after analyzing thoroughly the aforementioned results, it should be noted that the dependency between endogenous rhythm detection and the applied network architecture is not big. So it is not possible to unambiguously state that three-layered network with n hidden neurons detects the endogenous QRS complexes best. The results lack regularity which could prove such statement. The maximum existing difference in accurate classification of endogenous rhythm, depending on the number of layers, is 0,97%. Table 2. Mean percentage of proper endogenous rhythm classification, for signals with diverse number of endogenous and pacemaker QRS complexes, for neural networks with 1 to 4 hidden layers.

No signal Stym032 Stym037 Stym095 Stym121

Numer of engogenic QRS 60121 46620 30982 57356

% of proper endogenous QRS for neural networks with 1 to 4 hidden layers 1

2

3

4

96,95 97,99 96,94 96,95

98,99 98,95 98,97 98,98

98,98 98,68 97,37 98,56

98,99 97,97 98,99 99,98

It is difficult to determine the most optimal number of neurons in the hidden layers of neural networks. The results from the conducted analysis are that in case of: • 105 examined signals the best results are obtained for 30 (53 signals) and 40 (52 signals) neurons in the hidden layers; • for 33 signals the best number of hidden neurons is 20 neurons in the hidden layer; • for 12 examined signals results of the network’s activity for various number of neurons in hidden layers were identical (the differences were 0.01%). The researches did not confirm, however, the opinion functioning in literature on the subject about better generalization ability of networks with lesser number of neurons. The number of 40 neurons is a central value of the examined vector nu. The choice of a suitable neural network architecture is also connected with the selection of the activation function. In the conducted research two activation functions were examined: sigmoidal and tangesoidal. It was noted that the sigmoidal activation function shows bigger percentage of accuracy for neural networks with one or two hidden layers. For NN with three or four hidden layers the obtained results suggest, that the use of tangesoidal activation function is more justified. The differences between the examined accuracy of NN, depending on the applied activation function, are relatively small. Each kind of network (from two-layered to five-layered) was a subject of analysis for the two aforementioned activation functions. During the examination the value of the β parameter was also a subject to changes, β={1, 5, 15, 25}. It was noticed, that for the examined neural networks, with both activation functions applied, the poorest results (at the level of 89% of accurate classification) are obtained for the value of parameter β=1. The change of the parameter to β=5 makes it possible to detect the endogenous rhythm at the level as high as over 96%. Mean results of individual kinds of neural network for sigmoidal and tangesoidal activation functions with value of parameter β=15 are illustrated in Fig. 3. On the basis of the above Fig. 2, it can be noticed that sigmoidal activation function

84


shows higher percentage of accuracy for neural networks with one and with two hidden layers. For networks with three and four hidden layers the obtained results suggest that application of the tangensoidal activation function is more justifiable. The differences between the examined networks accuracies, depending on the activation function applied, are relatively small.

97,8 97,7 97,6 97,5 97,4 97,3 97,2 97,1 1

2

3

sigmoidalna

tangesoidalna

4

Figure 3 The accuracy of endogenous rhythm classification in dependency with the choice of the activation function for neural networks with 1 to 4 hidden layers.

Conclusions The conducted researches indicate that the collected database of 150 pacemaker electrocardiographic signals is insufficient to decidedly determine that accuracy of three-layered network of 30 (40) neurons, for which on average the best endogenous QRS classification accuracy was obtained, could be recognized as the optimal one. Differences in the obtained results for the particular neural network structures are very small and they only point out to some regularities. They are of more research than clinical value. The sequent researches will be related to the optimization methods of neural networks. This work was partially supported by the Ministry of Science and Higher Education, Poland, grant No. 3 T10A 066 30

Reference [1] [2]

[3] [4] [5]

A. Duraj, A. Krawczyk, E. Koźluk, M. Kumor, Zastosowanie przekształcenia falkowego do detekcji zespołu QRS, Przegląd Elektrotechniczny, nr 1, 2005, str. 72-75. A. Duraj, A. Krawczyk, Zastosowanie sieci falkowo – neuronowej do detekcji zespołu QRS, Materiały XIV Krajowej Konferencji Naukowej „Biocybernetyka i Inżynieria Biomedyczna”, tom II, 21-23 Września 2005, str. 947-953. A. Duraj, A. Krawczyk, M. Kumor, Detekcja zespołu QRS przy zastosowaniu sieci falkowo – neuronowej, Przegląd Elektrotechniczny, nr 12, 2005, str. 98-100. A. Duraj, A. Krawczyk, E. Koźluk, M. Kumor, J. Sadowski, The Application of Wavelet Transforms to Detection and Identification of QRS, Folia Cardiologica, tom 12, Supp. D, 2005, pp. 390 - 392. A. Duraj, A. Krawczyk, M. Kumor, Detection and identification by means of wavelet technique, The Third Slovenian – Polish Joint Seminar on Computational and Applied Electromagnetics, June 6 – 8, 2005, Maribor, Slovenia, pp. 54 – 55.

A. Duraj and A. Krawczyk / Classifying Endogenous Rhythms in Pacemaker ECG Signals [6] [7] [8] [9] [10]

85

A. Duraj, A. Krawczyk, QRS detection by use of wavelet – neural networks, Przegląd Elektrotechniczny, nr 5, 2006, str. 54-56. MIT-BIH (http://ecg.mit.edu). T. Master, Sieci neuronowe w praktyce. Programowanie w języku C++, Warszawa 1996. S. Osowski, Sieci neuronowe w ujęciu algorytmicznym, Wydawnictwo Naukowo Techniczne Warszawa 1996. M. Kearns, A bound of terror of cross – validation Rusing the approximation and estimation ratek, with consequences for the training – test split, Neural Computation, 1997, Vol. 9, pp. 1143 – 1161.

86


Neurophysiological Investigations of Retina’s Function and Evoked Activity of Central Visual Structures under Microwave Irradiation E. N. PANAKHOVA, T. M. AGAYEV, A. A. MEKHDIYEV, A. A. SADIYEVA Institute of Physiology, Azerbaijan National Academy of Sciences [email protected]

Abstract.. The effects of decimeter microwaves (irradiation 460 MHz with output power 60 MW, duration 20 min) on functions of the visual system structures: retina, visual cortex and colliculus superior - under the conditions of formation of the focus of increased excitability in the amygdala and hypothalamus were studied. Transformation of patterns of responses in the retina, visual cortex and colliculus superior, being expressed in the most prominent way in the retina, evoked by photostimulus presentation, was shown. The clinical observations (duration: 30 days) revealed aggravation of general status. Immediately after irradiation exposure all studied rabbits showed transient signs of the first stage of kindling by the R.Racine scale; very often seizure jerking movements of limbs was observed. Besides, interictal spikes were registered electrographically. Key words. retina, visual cortex, colliculus superior, decimeter microwaves.

Introduction Intensification of technogenic factors exerts more and more significant impact on environment and as a result all living organisms are subjected to increased impact of the microwaves of wide range of frequency and power. Unequivocal reactions of the organism to the said impact may be expressed both in positive effect and in harmful toxic impact on the biological objects in the form of damaging factors. Particularly, toxic impact is revealed in their absorption by bio-objects under big power without relation to frequency values. Presently, significant amount of data concerning effect of electromagnetic irradiation is collected, and the range of studies appears to be rather broad whereas the results are unequivocal. It has been shown that adverse impact of microwaves on different biological objects – from primitive bacteria in which gene mutations and modulations on genome level related to this effect, were noticed [1, 2], changes of biophysical indexes [3- 10, 13, 16, 17], studies on different laboratory animals [2, 5, 6,11,12, 13,14] including fundamental studies related directly to the human’s health beginning from children’s age [15, 16] – indicate to harmful impact of microwaves leading to stress formation [18, 19], neurological and oncological diseases [17, 20]. Particularly significant changes are observed in the central nervous system resulting in

E.N. Panakhova et al. / Neurophysiological Investigations of Retina’s Function

87

disturbances in memory formation, influencing negatively on sensory organs. Particularly, on acoustic system [12, 14], vision [5, 6, 10, 14, 15, 18], sleeping and cognitive functions [1, 4, 5, 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21]. There are reliable evidences concerning impact of decimetric range of electromagnetic irradiation on nervous system and different portions of eyes including retina whose underlying mechanism correlates with intensification of lipids peroxidation leading to forthcoming destabililizing and thereafter destruction of biological membranes [11]. As well known, irradiation in the range of 280-292 nm is the most dangerous for humans’ eyes. Eyes’ cornea absorbs completely the rays shorter than 390 nm bringing to formation of kerato-conjuctivitis with acute hyperemia, burning sensation, pain and blefarospasm. In experiments exposure to high doses of ultraviolet irradiation led to opacification complicated with cataracta formation. Presently, all studied spectrum portions with wave length from several millimeters to one thousandth parts of angstrom are biologically active and can not only lead to functional disorders, but as well induce unrecoverable organic damages of eye tissues, including retina [3, 4, 5]. There are evidences concerning impact of decimeter range of electromagnetic irradiation on eye’s components including retina whose mechanism is linked to intensification of lipids peroxidation, which, as a rule, is accompanied with forthcoming destabilization and thereafter destruction of biological membranes [11]. In the light of the above said it appears to be important revealing of character of advent, sequence and dynamics of impact decimeter range of microwaves on perceptive functions of visual system’s structures taking for consideration formation of electroretinogram (ERG) and pulses of central structures – visual cortex and Colliculus Superior (CS) evoked by light flashes. The clinical observations of animals’ physical state during one month from the first to the last day of experiment were used as supplement to electrophysiological studies.

Methods The experiments were conducted on 50 alert rabbits of Grey Shinshilla species. ERG registration was accomplished by application of lens made from organic glass with implanted steel electrode. The eyes were etherized by installation of 25% solution of lidokain into conjunctiva sack. The tentative registrations of ERG of the left eye of naive rabbits were used as a control. Thereafter the animals were made free from all outcoming electrodes and subjected left eye to irradiation with application of special source of irradiation – therapeutic apparatus “Volna-2” – under frequency of decimeter irradiation of 460 MHz with output power of 60 mW. Daily exposure duration of irradiation was 20 min with total duration of 30 days. Simultaneously after irradiation ERG registration of the irradiated eye and evoked potentials from Visual Cortex and CS were initiated. The electrodes designed for registration of electrical activities and stimulation of visual nerves, were inserted into the corresponding brain structures (Amygdala, Hypothalamusand CS), according to stereotaxic coordinates by Marshall and Fifkova. After finishing neurophysiological studies, biochemical analysis of eye and mentioned brain structures was conducted. All experimental procedures conform with the European Community guiding principles in the care and use of animals (86/609/CEE, CE Off J no. L 358, 18 December 1986) and were approved by the Institutional Animal Care and Use

88


Committees at the Institute of Physiology and were conducted in accordance with the Azerbaijan Physiological Society’s ‘Guiding Principles in the Care and Use of Animals’. Killing of animals used in this study followed principles of good laboratory animal care and experimentation in compliance with Azerbaijan national laws and regulations. The rabbits were killed humanely by exposure to a rising concentrations of Nembutal.

Results and Discussion Impact of non-ionizing irradiation on dynamics of development and character of modulations of ERG and EP patterns in response to presentation of photostimuli with intensity of 1.4 J was studied. The results showed that after irradiation significant variations of patterns of retina and brain structures are fixed. That was revealed in prominent (up to 80-100%) enhancement of generation of “b”-wave on ERG reaching values of 180-200 mkV, whereas control values were in the range of 100 mkV. The amplitude indexes of “a”-wave decreased to extremely low values – approximately 10 mkV, which constituted just 15-20% relatively to the original data (70 mkV). The analysis of such type of modulations showed that irradiation impact is revealed in elimination of inhibitory impact on retina from the visual cortex and as a result to sharp enhancement of “b”wave and inhibition of “a”-wave on ERG (Fig.1). To much more significant changes undergoes “c”-wave, whose amplitude reached 50-60 mkV.

Fig.1. Electroretinogram before (a) and after (b, c) irradiation.

Enhancement of generation of this ERG component indicates to modulation of metabolic processes in visual purple towards their increase both in conditions of presence of two loci of increased excitability (in amygdala and middle hypothalamus), and before their formation in the experiment (Fig.2). As it has been known, “c”-wave does not participate in the process of transduction and processing of visual signal realized in the retina. It is an index of dynamic metabolism in the visual pigment [3, 5, 6].


89

Fig.2. Impact of Amygdala stimulation on Retinogram generation (under strychnin application to Hipothalamus) under microwave irradiation. Designation: ”c”-wave is shown by the frame I – “a”-wave; II “b”-wave; III- “c”-wave: mkV, ms

Simultaneously registration of EV in Visual Cortex and CS was conducted. It was revealed that irradiation effect originally is accompanied with significant inhibition of the first-order and secondary positive components (by 40-50% and 100-200%, correspondently) with simultaneous enhancement of formation of the first-order and secondary negativity by 45-50%. Biochemical studies revealed opacification of the lens as well as revealed that in the retina of irradiated eye activation of both processes of lipids peroxidation (LPO) in the form of LPO products – malone dialdehyde (MDA) by over 1.3 times and hydroperoxides (HP) by over 1.35 times, and antioxidative enzymes – glutathione peroxidase (GP) – by 43% and superoxidismutase (SOD) – by 65%. Particularly, in the retina of right eye slight changes of LPO level (MDA – 1.3 times) is accompanied with decrease of HP (-50%) and slight increase of SOD (+25%). Probably, sharp reaction of the retina of the left eye in comparison is explained by direct impact of microwaves on the left eye (protective function of HP is, apparently, diminishes). In hypothalamus significant increase of LPO intensity (1.3-1.4 times) was shown which is accompanied with decreased activity of antioxidant enzymes (+1.2-1.3 times). In the Amygdala intensification of LPO (MDA – 1.2-1.6 times; HP – 1.3-1.5 times) was noticed. All above said correlate strictly with the results of electrophysiological studies which showed decreasing of amplitude parameters of responses of the central brain structures of the visual system and, particularly retina, in the last stage of experiments (after 30 days since the first irradiation). So, microwaves of decimeter range increasing oxidative processes, exert mostly negative impact on subcortical and central brain structures. The clinical observations showed that microwave irradiation is accompanied with loosing weight by animal, anxious behavior, refuse from food intake (in single cases – with preterm death) as well as with gnashing with teeth ,advent of chewing movements and contraction of facial muscles which showed to the first stage of kindling over the adopted scale R.Racine [22]. Summarizing the obtained data, it should be emphasized that anxious changes observed in the all visual system structures in the first 7 days of experiment, bear reversible character and can be utilized in clinical practice as preventive measures to avoid ongoing organic disturbances (which were noticed on the last stage of our studies).

90


In conclusion, we express our deep gratitude to the collaborators of the Department of Biophysics of Cellular Metabolism (Head – Prof. A. Gadzhiyev) for carrying out biochemical analysis.

References [1]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7] [8]

[9]

[10]

[11]

[12]

[13]

[14]

[15]

[16] [17] [18]

S. Koyama, Y. Takashima, T. Sakurai, Y. Suzuki, M. Taki, Effects of 2.45 GHz electromagnetic fields with a wide range of SARS on bacterial and HPRT gene mutations, Lournal Radiat. Research (Tokyo), Vol. 48(1), pp. 69-75, 2007. S. S. Qutob, V. Chauhan, P. V. Bellier, C. L. Yauk, G. R. Douglas, L. Berndt, A. Williams, G. B.Gaida, Microarray gene expression proofing of a human glioblastoma cell line exposed in vitro to a 1.9 GHz pulse-modulated radiofrequency field, J. Radiet. Research, Vol. 165(6), pp. 636-644, 2006. A. V. Musayev, L. F. Ismailova, A. M.Gadzhiev, Effects of decimetric microvawes on thiol defense system in visual structures on animals of different age, Journal Fizioterapiya Balneologiya Reabilitaciya, Vol.6, pp. 13-17, 2005. A. V. Musaev, L. F. Ismailova, A. B. Shabanova, A. A. Magarramov, E. Yu. Yusifov, A. M. Gadzhiev, Pro- and antioxidant effect of Therapeutic microvawe irradiation (460 MHz) on Brain tissues in experiment, Journal Fizioterapiya Balneologiya REABILITACIYA, Vol.10(2), pp. 19-23, 2004. E. N. Panakhova, A. A. Sadiyeva, The neurophysiological investigations of Amygdalar and Hypothalamic influences on Retina’s and Central Visual structures perception function (by irradiation), Proceedings of Azerbaijan National Academy of Sciences, Vol. 5-6, pp. 132-144, 2005. E. N. Panakhova, A. A. Sadiyeva, Amygdalar and Hypothalamic influences on function of Retina and other structures of Visual System (in microwave irradiation conditions), Proceedings of Azerbaijan National Academy of Sciences, Vol. 1-2, pp.66- 75, 2006. M. H. Gaber, E. I. Abd, N. Halim, W. A. Khali, Effect of microwave radiation on the biophysical properties of liposomes, Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 26 (3), pp. 194-200, 2005. H. Virtanen, J. Keshvari, R. Lappalaine, The effect of autothentic metallic implants on the SAR distribution of the head exposed to 900, 1800 and 2450 MHz dipole near field, Phys. Med. Biol., Vol. 52(5), pp.1221-1236, 2007. S. Koyama, Y. Isozumi, M. Taki, J. Miyakoshi, Effects of 45 GHz electromagnetic fields with a wide range of SARs on micronucleus formation in CHO-K1 cells, Scientific World Journal, Suppl. 2, pp. 29-40, 2004. C. Granfield, H. G. Wieser, A. L. Madan, J. Dobson, Preliminary evaluation of nanoscale biogenic magnetic-based ferromagnetic transduction mechanisms for mobile phone bioeffects, IEEE Trans. Nanobioscience, Vol.2 (1), pp. 40-43. A. I. Gadzhiev, E. Yu. Yusifov, M. T. Abbasova, L. F. Ismailova, A. B. Shabanova, J. M. Ibragimova, P. A. Khalilova, N. R. Bagirova, Study of microwave oxidative effect on organism, Proceedings of 3-rd Symposium of Azerbaijan Physiological Society, pp. 278-291, 2005. H. Virtanen, J. Keshvari, R. Lappalainen, The effect of autothentic metallic implants on the SAR distribution of the head exposed to 900, 1800 and 2450 MHz dipole near field, Phys. Med. Biol., Vol. 52(5), pp.1221-1236, 2007. J. Orendacova, M. Orendac, E. Racekova, J. Marsala., Neurobiological effects of microwave exposure: a review focused on morphological findings in experimental animals, J. Arch. Ital. Biol., Vol. 145 (1), pp.1-12, 2007. P. Galloni, G. A. Lovisolo, S. Mancini, M. Parazzini, R. Pinto et al, Effects of 900 MHz electromagnetic fields exposure on cochlear cell’s functionality in rats: evaluation on the biophysical properties of liposomes, Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 26(3), pp. 194-200, 2005. E. van Rongen, E. W. Roubos, L. M. van Aernsbergen, G. Havenaar, F. B. Koops, F. E. van Leeuwen et al, Mobile phones and children: is precaution warranted? Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 25 (2), pp.142-144, 2004 L. Martens, Electromagnetic safety of children using wireless phones: a literature review, Bioelectromagnetics, Suppl. 7, pp. 1333-137. M. Kundi, K. Mild, L.Hardell, M. O. Mattsson, Mobile telephones cancer- a review of epidemiological evidence, J. Toxicol. Envirron. Health B. Crit Rev, Vol. 7(5), pp. 351-384, 2004. A. Bergamaschi, A. Margini, G. Ales, L. Copetta, G. Somma, Are Thyroid dysfunctions related to stress exposure (900 MHz)?, International Journal Immunopatholog. Pharmacology, Vol. 17(2), pp. 31-36, 2004.


91

[19] H. B. Lim, G. G. Barker, L. A. Coulton, Effect of 900 MHz electromagnetic fields on non-thermal induction of heat-shock proteins in human leucocytes, Radiat. Research, Vol. 163 (1), pp. 45-52, 2005. [20] H. P. Hutter, H. Noshammer, P. Wallner, M. Kundi, Subjective Symptoms, sleeping problems, and cognitive perforemance in subjects living near mobile phone base stations, J. Occup. Environ Med., Vol.63 (5), pp. 307-313, 2006. [21] A. Besset, F. Espa, Y. Dauvilliers, M. Billiard, R. de Seze, No effect on cognitive function from daily mobile phone use, Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 26 (2), pp. 102-108, 2005. [22] R. J. Rasine, Modification of seizure activity by electrical stimulation, II. Motor seizures. Journal EEG Clinical Neurophysiology, Vol. 32, pp. 281-294, 1972

92


Mathematical Modelling of Vagus Nerve Stimulation Bartosz SAWICKI a, Robert SZMURŁO a, Przemysław PŁONECKI a, Jacek STARZYŃSKI a, Stanisław WINCENCIAK a and Andrzej RYSZ b a Warsaw University of Technology, Poland b Medical University of Warsaw, Poland

Abstract. This article presents a numerical model of a human vagus nerve stimulation therapy. The authors demonstrate methodology allowing to model both the direct electrical stimulator used for years in medical practice as well as the conceptual indirect magnetic stimulation used in computer experiments. The mathematical model of neural tissue excitation combined with a realistic 3D numerical model of the neck with the vagus nerve is described. Keywords. Bioelectromagnetics, Eddy currents, Nerve stimulation

Introduction The vagus nerve is one of the major elements of the peripheral nervous system. It starts in the stem of the brain and its branches extend to nearly the whole body. The vagus nerve is classified as one of the cranial nerves, emerging directly from the brain in contrast to spinal nerves which emerge from segments of the spinal cord. The vagus nerve provides a unique possibility to interact brain activity.

(a)

(b) Figure 1. (a) Vagus nerve location in the neck, (b) VNS device.

In Vagus Nerve Stimulation (VNS), an external excitation source is applied to the vagus nerve. For about 10 years this technique has been used as a therapeutic tool for controlling seizures in epilepsy patients. Because the vagus nerve is associated with

B. Sawicki et al. / Mathematical Modelling of Vagus Nerve Stimulation

93

many different functions and brain regions, research is being done to determine its usefulness in treating other illnesses, including various anxiety disorders, Alzheimer's disease and migraines [9]. Recently VNS applications have been expanded to cover the treatment of another diseases such as drug-resistant cases of clinical depression.

1. Virtual neck To perform any form of numerical modelling, creation of a virtual neck is required. The most popular source data for such models are obtained by MRI scans of the human body. For our vagus nerve model, a special series of MRI scans had been performed. Fig. 2 (a) presents only a few of the 40 slices used to create the 3D model. Each of them has a resolution 512x512 pixels. The slices were taken every 4 mm along the neck. Every 2D slice/picture has been segmented to distinguish different human tissues. It had been decided to distinguish four different materials (bones, gullet, vagus nerve and the rest of body). This decision was justified by the values of the electrical conductivity of tissues. The segmented pictures were combined into a 3D model. This is suiteable for finite element calculations which means that it divides the volume with a mesh of 620,000 tetrahedra and 110,000 nodes. In Fig. 2 (b) an internal structure of a completed numerical, virtual neck is visualised. One can notice a spinal column, a few teeth and the narrow contour of the vagus nerve.

(a)

(b)

Figure 2. Virtual neck model; (a) set of MRI slices, (b) transparent view of final version of model.

2. Direct Electric Stimulation The most commonly used method of a nerve stimulation, known for more than 100 years, is the current injection into the nerve fiber. Usually this is acquired by applying an electric voltage source with direct contact to the nerve. Such an approach is used in VNS. During a surgical operation the generator is implanted under the skin of the left chest and connected to electrodes fixed around the left vagus nerve. In Fig. 3, showing real electrodes, we can distinguish three components: the rightmost electrode with negative polarity, the middle electrode with positive polarity and an anchor which helps to fix the electrodes into place (on the left of the picture). To avoid tissue injury during

94


the stimulation in the vicinity of the platinum electrodes they are embedded in the silicone helix. This is the major factor of high impedance seen by the generator. The stimulating device is regularly checked if the electrodes impedance is within the range of 1 to 8 kΩ [8]. If the impedance is outside of the range, this usually means that the device has failed. To develop an excitation model we treat the nerve fiber as a bundle of axons. The response of each axon on the stimulus is specific, but in such a homogeneous medium like fiber we may assume that the behaviour is very similar. Thus we can average it. In our approach to VNS we combine the model of stimulation for a single axon with the model of the whole neck and nerve fiber.

Figure 3. Vagus nerve electrical stimulation: stimulator electrodes

We shall start with mathematical model for cell membrane of a single axon, and later to combine it with model of whole fiber. During the activation of an axon, an evoked potential is generated in form of a depolarization of neural cell membrane. The dynamics of the excitable cell membrane voltage in a specific point may be described by a system of ordinary differential equations. The most widespread is the Hodgkin-Huxley non-linear model which contains four state variables. Because we need to solve this model many times during the simulation (thousands times for each time step) we have chosen the simplified model proposed by FitzHugh.

(1) where Is is a stimulating current which in our model is always 0, a=0.13, b=0.013, c1=0.26, c2=0.1, d=1.0 are the experimental coefficient propose by FitzHugh. The most important variable in the membrane model is the membrane voltage Vm. The propagation of the neural impulse along the axon is equivalent to depolarization travelling along it. From the other point the membrane voltage allows us to combine the mathematical description of the interiors and exteriors of neurons. The electric field outside the cells and the field inside of cells can be described by scalar electric potentials. To calculate each of those potentials we need the governing equation and boundary conditions. The governing equation emerges from charge conservation law, which constrains the divergence of current density at each point. Coupling these constrains for extra- and intracellular regions we end with two partial differential equations [1]:

(2)


95

where Φe and Φi are the extracellular and intracellular potentials, Iion is the ionic current passing the membrane evaluated from the FitzHugh model χ parameter maps surface currents of the cell membranes to the volume currents of the macromodel and thus allows to average the discrete ionic currents evaluated in a single point onto the volume quantity. χ represents the membrane area contained in the volume unit. Thus the Iion multiplied by the χ factor represents all cumulative current passing all membranes in the unit volume. The electrical stimulation is put in the extracellular domain using the Dirichlet boundary conditions for Φe in the place where electrodes have contact with nerve bundle. To simulate the silicone isolating layer around the electrodes we have decreased the potential of the conditions. The location of the Dirichlet boundary condition was choose with electrodes configuration, as shown on Fig. 3. The energy provided to the system by the boundary condition in Φe domain propagates to the Φi domain and causes the current flow through the membrane, thus stimulates the neuron. The activation may be observed in the solution of the FitzHugh ordinary differential system. We have solved the problem using self developed computer software. The simulation length was 6 ms with 0.01 ms time step. The nerve was stimulated by a single bell shaped impulse with length of 1 ms Propagation of the excitation in nerve was observed. Validation of biomedical models is a challenging task. Any direct measurements inside the real human body is trouble some because of many aspects. The mathematical model presented in this paper was validated be comparison of the speed of propagation of the action potential obtained from simulation (32 m/s) with the experimental measurements (45 m/s) [3]. The comparison showed a pretty good agreement of both simulated and experimental values. Difference can be simply decreased by changing constant parameters used in equations (1) and (2).

3. Indirect Magnetic Excitation For many years scientists have been attempting to replace the direct electric stimulation by a magnetic one. It is expected that similar effects can be obtained using magnetic stimulation, which could be non-invasive and less onerous for patients. The most known example is the transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) which ought to be a replacement for electroconvulsive therapy (ECT). The biological background of electric and magnetic field stimulation is the same. External time-varying magnetic fields excite eddy currents inside the body. Density of eddy currents is in direct relation to electric field density, so it stimulates neural tissue. The first step of simulation is to compute the distribution of magnetic fields generated by an exciting coil. Assuming constant magnetic permeability this can be done by simple integration according to the Biot-Savarte law:

(3) r where J s is current density inside the source coil. The eddy current phenomena in low conducting media can be described by partially

96


differential equation [5, 7]:

(4) We will omit here discussion about variants of implementation of (4). It is enough to know that such equation can be solved efficiently even for very complicated models. Only 10 minutes of calculations were needed to find a solution on our 2 GHz computer.

(a)

(b)

Figure 4. Indirect magnetic stimulation, (a) location of the exciting coil, (b) eddy currents density in the cross section of the model (vagus nerve mark with right black line spot).

Results in the form of eddy currents density magnitude is presented on Fig. 4 (b). The vagus nerve marked with a black line on the right is under influence of the coil field. The values of the current density are often used as a criteria for neural tissue excitation, in such a case we finish the process of simulation at this point. The authors see the possibility to join passive results of magnetic stimulation with a realistic model of neuron excitation presented in the previous section. Eddy current density distribution should be applied as an excitement source. The mathematical model of such complicated interaction is under heavy development, the following works will contain new details.

4. Conclusions This methodology presented by the authors can be used for the simulation of nerve stimulation excited both by electric and magnetic fields. The model of electric excitation of neurons has been implemented using a bidomain approach. Validation of the method using action potential propagation speed produces a positive result. A magnetic stimulation described as an eddy currents phenomena was modelled. Vagus nerve stimulation is young therapy, so it is not surprising that there is a lack of its modelling methods. Apart from a mathematical descriptions we also need trustworthy methods for validating numerical models with biological reality. The validation is probably the most difficult part of the problem. This research was supported by the Polish Ministry of Science and Higher Education under Grant No. N510 030 31/1379.


97

References [1]

[2] [3] [4] [5]

[6] [7] [8]

[9]

R. Szmurło, J. Starzyński, B. Sawicki, S. Wincenciak, A. Cichocki, Bidomain Formulation for Modeling Brain Activity Propagation. IEEE Conference on Electromagnetic Field Computation (CEFC), USA, 2006, pp. 345. Wulfram Gerstner and Werner Kistler, Spiking Neuron Models: Single Neurons, Populations, Plasticity, Cambridge University Press, 2005. Hermann M. , Freissmuth M ., Neuromonitoring of the Recurrent Nerve: Validation and Merits. Journal European Surgery, October 2003, vol. 35, no. 5, pp. 228-235. P. M. Santos: Surgical placement of the vagus nerve stimulator, Operative Techniques in Otolaryngology (2004) 15, 201-209 W. Wang, S. R. Eisenberg, A Three-Dimensional Finite Element Method for Computing Magnetically Induced Currents in Tissues, IEEE Transactions on Magnetics, vol. 30, no. 6, pp. 5015-5023, Nov. 1994. N. Siauve, R. Scorretti, N. Burais, L. Nicolas, A. Nicolas,: Electromagnetic fields and human body: a new challange for the electromagnetic field computation, COMPEL, Vol. 22 No. 3, 2003. B. Sawicki, P. Płonecki, J. Starzyński, S. Wincenciak, The Quest for the Best Potential for Biomedical Eddy Currents Problems, Proceedings of COMPUMAG, Aachen, Gernamy, June 2007. Physician’s Manual, VNS Therapy Pulse Model 102 Generator and VNS Therapy Pulse Duo Model 102R Generator 0.1, Part II – Technical Information—VNS Therapy Pulse Model 102 Generator and Pulse Duo Model 102R Generator. D. A. Groves, V. J. Brown, Vagal nerve stimulation: a review of its applications and potential mechanisms that mediate its clinical effects.. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 29, pp. 493500, 2005.

98


Immunotropic Influence of Low Dose Ionizing Irradiation and Microwaves Applied Sequentially on Human Blood Mononuclear Cells in vitro W. STANKIEWICZ, M. P. DĄBROWSKI, A. CHEDA1,E. NOWOSIELSKA1, J. WREMBEL-WARGOCKA1, R. KUBACKI, M. JANIAK1 , S. SZMIGIELSKI Military Institute of Hygiene and Epidemiology, Dept. of Microwave Safety and 1Dept. of Radiobiology and Radiation Protection, Warsaw, Poland. E-mail : [email protected]

Abstract. Human blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) were exposed to X-rays 0,1 Gy, to Microwaves 2850 MHz, SAR 0,1 W/kg or to the both exposures sequentially. In the microculture system functional properties of T lymphocytes and monocytes were tested and production of monokines (IL-1β, IL-1ra) was estimated. The irradiation protocols influenced differentially T cell response to mitogens (PHA, Con A), degree of saturation of IL-2 receptors, immunoregulatory T cell suppressive avtivity, monocyte immunogenic activity and monokine production. The administered irradiations have demonstrated immunotropic influence modulating the both T lymphocyte immunocompetent functions and monocyte immunogenic activity. Keywords. Microwaves, low dose ionizing irradiation, human immune cells, immunoregulation

Introduction The energy of electromagnetic fields of the both ionizing radiation (IR) and microwaves (MW) nature, may influence many functions of living organisms. Recent development and common use of different low energy and high frequency MW emitters (mobile phones, radar and microwave broadcast stations) and sources of IR, increased the interest on the risk of their possible harmful influence, and, on the other hand, on the potential of their therapeutic application. The undisturbed defensive, tolerogenic and proregenerative activities of immune system are essential for the proper functioning of homeostatic mechanisms of the organism. Thus, basic immunoregulatory activities which can be observed and precisely quantified in microcultures of immune cells separated from the human blood, represent an unique and objective model for investigation of possible immunotropic effects of defined IR and MW. The aim of our investigation was to determine the possible immunotropic influence of low dose of IR and MW administered separately or sequentially, on chosen

W. Stankiewicz et al. / Immunotropic Influence of Low Dose Ionizing Irradiation

99

parameters characterizing immunoregulatory properties of mononuclear cells (lymphocytes and monocytes) isolated from the human blood and cultured in vitro.

Material and Methods The samples of mononuclear cells (PBMC) from healthy donors (N = 20) were irradiated with X-rays in a dose of 0.1 Gy, exposed to MW (2850 MHz, pulse modulated, SAR 0,1 W/kg) or exposed sequentially to both irradiations. The control samples were left without irradiation. After determination of cell viability the microcultures of PBMC were set up in triplicate, each containing 105 viable cells in 0.2 ml of RPMI 1640 supplemented with 15% of inactivated autologous serum and incubated for 72 hours at 37oC in an ASSAB CO2 (5%) incubator as described earlier [1, 2, 3]. The following parameters of T cell and monocyte activity were determined after harvesting the cultures: (a) spontaneous 3HTdR incorporation, (b) T cell response to PHA, (c) T cell response to Con A, (d) suppressive activity of T cells (SAT index), (e) saturation of IL-2 lymphocyte receptors (IL-2 index) and (f) monokine (IL-1β/IL-1 ra) influence on lymphocyte proliferative response (LM index). Concomitantly, the PBMC microculture supernatants collected at 24 h from the separate sets of not stimulated with mitogen microcultures, were assessed for the concentration of chosen cytokines (IL-1β, IL-1ra, IL-10) by ELISA method with the use of respective cytokine kits (R&D, Mineapolis, USA).

Results The PBMC representing low response to mitogens (control response to PHA ≤ 45x103 dpm/cult., to Con A ≤ 30x103 dpm/cult.) were not sensitive for separate or sequential irradiation with IR and MW (Table 1). The low values of IL-2 receptor saturation and T cell suppressive activity (SAT) increased significantly under influence of the all protocols of ionizing (IR) and microwave (MW) irradiation. Concomitantly to that, the IL-10 concentrations also increased in these cultures (result not shown in the table). The PBMC responding to PHA at the normal level (> 45x103 dpm/cult.) were sensitive to irradiations and the all protocols significantly decreased the response (Table 2). Normal response to Con A and normal level of saturation of IL-2 receptors did not change under effects of irradiations. Only exposure to MW decreased normal SAT value but not if administered after irradiation with IR. Irradiation with IR, with IR+MW but not with MW decreased significantly saturation of IL-2 receptors in PBMC which represented in control proper values of IL-2 receptor saturation. In those with lower than normal values of saturation of IL-2 receptors, IR, MW and IR+MW irradiations increased significantly values of saturation of IL-2 receptors.

100


Table 1. Influence of X-rays irradiation, MW irradiation or sequential irradiations with X-rays and MW on T lymphocyte functional properties in the low responder’s PBMC populations (control response to PHA ≤ 45,0 dpm x 103/cult., to Con A ≤ 30,0, saturation of IL-2 R ≤ 80%, SAT index ≤ 20%) Test Response to PHA dpm x 103/cult Response to Con A dpm x 103/cult Saturation of IL-2 receptors % T-cell suppressive activity (SAT) %

control

X-rays 0,1 Gy

MW 2850 MHz

X-rays + MW

32,1 ± 7,9

28,2 ± 9,8

29,3 ± 6,3

27,5 ± 11,1

24,5 ± 5,1

23,4 ± 7,1

25,0 ± 6,1

23,2 ± 5,0

77,1 ± 9,3

96,2 ± 7,2 * ↑

94,1 ± 10,1 * ↑

89,2 ± 8,9 * ↑

15,2 ± 6,9

28,9 ± 14,0 * ↑

27,0 ± 11,2 * ↑

30,2 ± 9,8 * ↑

* statistical significance p < 0,05 Table 2. Influence of X-rays irradiation, Mw irradiation or sequential irradiations with X-rays and MW on T lymphocyte functional properties in high responder’s PBMC populations (control response to PHA > 45,0 dpm x 103/cult., to Con A > 30,0, saturation of IL-2 R > 80%, SAT index > 20%) Test Response to PHA dpm x 103/cult Response to Con A dpm x 103/cult Saturation of IL-2 receptors % T-cell suppressive activity (SAT) %

control

X-rays 0,1 Gy

MW 2850 MHz

X-rays + MW

62,3 ± 17,1

54,2 ± 14,9 * ↓

53,3 ± 12,6 * ↓

44,9 ± 11,9 * ↓

40,1 ± 14,8

34,2 ± 14,1

42,3 ± 15,3

35,2 ± 13,2

94,6 ± 5,0

87,1 ± 12,2

92,2 ± 9,1

90,1 ± 9,1

33,8 ± 7,8

26,5 ± 8,8

14,8 ± 7,5 * ↓

26,5 ± 6,2

* statistical significance p < 0,05

PBMC representing low immunogrnic activity of monocytes (LM index ≤ 8,0) decreased this activity only under influence of sequential exposures to IR and MW (Table 3). Similarly, this protocol of exposures also decreased IL-1β production in PBMC populations demonstrating low level of the production of this monokine. The concentrations of IL-1ra did not change in these PBMC. The excessive immunogenic activity of PBMC, represented by LM values > 8,0 and IL-1β production > 250 pg/ml (Table 4), decreased significantly under influence of irradiation with X-rays (IR) but not under influence of exposure to MW. The concentration of IL-1ra did not change under influence of the all protocols of exposures. Table 3. Influence of X-rays irradiation, MW irradiation or sequential irradiations with X-rays and MW on the monocyte functional properties in the PBMC populations representing low immunogenic activity (LM index ≤ 8,0, concentration of IL-1β ≤ 250 pg/ml, concentration of IL-1ra ≤ 1500 pg/ml) Test LM index Concentration of IL-1β pg/ml Concentration of IL-1ra pg/ml

control 4,1 ± 2,5 165 ± 55

X-rays 0,1 Gy 2,9 ± 1,6 156 ± 74

MW 2850 MHz 3,6 ± 3,1 175 ± 76

X-rays + MW 2,8 ± 1,5 * ↓ 136 ± 78 * ↓

877 ± 453

796 ± 720

854 ± 530

765 ± 743



101

Table 4. Influence of X-rays irradiation, MW irradiation or sequential irradiations with X-rays and MW on the monocyte functional properties in the PBMC populations representing high immunogenic activity (LM index > 8,0, concentration of IL-1β > 250 pg/ml, concentration of IL-1ra > 1500 pg/ml) Test LM index Concentration of IL-1β pg/ml Concentration of IL-1ra pg/ml

control 15,5 ± 6,5 315 ± 65

X-rays 0,1 Gy 8,9 ± 4,5 * ↓ 231 ± 54 * ↓

MW 2850 MHz 12,5 ± 7,1 245 ± 76 * ↓

X-rays + MW 8,3 ± 5,1 * ↓ 236 ± 72 * ↓

2035 ± 444

1580 ± 536

1910 ± 498

1763 ± 642


Conclusions 1. Low dose of ionizing irradiation (0,1 Gy) and low energy microwaves (2850 MHz, SAR 0,1W/kg) can modulate immunoregulatory abilities of T lymphocytes and monocytes in PBMC populations in vitro. 2. The IR exposure modulate beneficially the activity of immune cells increasing the low values of SAT (T cell suppressive activity), increasing also saturation of IL-2 receptors and decreasing excessive immunogenic activity of monocytes (LM index and production of IL-1β). 3. The MW exposure improved low values of saturation of IL-2 receptors and increased low values of T cell suppressive activity (SAT index) but decreased initially high values of SAT index. 4. The sequential IR+MF exposures have positively compensated the decreasing effects of MW on SAT values.

References [1]

[2]

[3]

M. P. Dąbrowski, B. K. Dąbrowska-Bernstein, A. Stasiak, K. Gajkowski, S. Korniluk, Immunological and clinical evaluation of multiple sclerosis patients treated with corticosteroids and/or thymic hormones, Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 496 (1987), 697–706. M. P. Dąbrowski, W. Stankiewicz, T. Płusa, A. Chciałowski, S. Szmigielski, Competition of Il-1 and IL-1ra determines lymphocyte response to delayed stimulation with PHA, Mediators of Inflammation 10 (2001), 101–107. W. Stankiewicz, M. P. Dąbrowski, R. Kubacki, E. Sobiczewska, S. Szmigielski, Immunotropic influence of 900 MHz microwave GSM signal on human blood immune cells activated in vitro, Electromagnetic Biol. Med. 25 (2006), 45–51.


Chapter 3 Electromagnetic Field and Biology



105

Oxidative and Immune Response in Experimental Exposure to Electromagnetic Fields Dana DABALA1, Didi SURCEL2, Csabo SZANTO2, Simona MICLAUS3, Mariana BOTOC2, S. TOADER2, O. ROTARU2 1 Department of Occupational Medicine, Transport Regional Public Health Center, Cluj- Napoca, Romania 2 Department of Occupational Medicine, Institute of Public Health, Cluj-Napoca, Romania 3 Land Forces Academy, Sibiu, Romania

Abstract. Although the physical techniques for measuring of the electromagnetic fields (EMF) are well developed, adequate characterization of the biological effects induced by EMF is subject of discussion yet. We don’t know the effects that would be after a long term of exposure. Many scientific studies have been devoted to assessing what health risks are associated with EMF exposure. Data from the recent experiments suggest that EMF are associated with the ironmediated free radical generation, that can cause damage in the biologic molecules such as lipids, proteins and can profoundly affect cellular homeostasis. The aim of this study was to show the effects of the chronic exposure to EMF on the immune and oxidative response. In vivo experiment was carried out on 80 Wistar rats that were divided in 4 groups as following: 1. Control-group, without exposure, sacrificed at 1 month; 2. Control-group, without exposure sacrificed at 3 months; 3. EMF–exposed group, sacrificed at 1 month; 4. EMF – exposed group, sacrificed at 3 months. The rats were exposed to RF EMF that covers a range of the frequencies between 140-160 MHz generated by a Motorola device. The components of EMF field were measured with an EMF 200 Monitor Wandel&Goltermann (the measured Power density (S) was 8+/- 1 W/m2).The following parameters were assessed : a) 3HTdR incorporation test; b) IL-1 assay; c) TNF-assay; d) Chemiluminiscence assay; e) Lipid peroxides. The 3HTdR incorporation was decreased in the EMF- exposed groups, as compared with control groups, but with statistically significant difference (ssd) (p>0.01 ) only in third group. Increased values of the cytokines ( IL-1 and TNF ) were found in the 3 and 4 – groups, with ssd for both of the cytokines (p> 0.05 for IL-1 and p> 0.01 for TNF) Chemiluminescence assay and lipid peroxides were parameters with increased values for 3 and 4 groups, but ssd were found only in the forth -group. Our results point out an important increased of the oxidative response in the EMFexposed groups, in special in the group sacrificed at 3 months. In the forth group, an important suppression of the immune response and increased activity of the cytokines was demonstrated. Our results indicate an association between electromagnetic fields and immune and oxidative response, suggesting increased modifications in the group with EMF -prolonged exposure. Keywords. the effects of the chronic exposure to EMF on the immune and oxidative response.

106

D. Dabala et al. / Oxidative and Immune Response in Experimental Exposure to EMF

1. Introduction Although the physical techniques for measuring EMF are well developed, adequate characterization of the biological effects induced by EMF is subject of discussion yet. We don’t know the effects that would be after a long term of exposure. Many scientific studies have been devoted to assessing what health risks are associated with EMF exposure. Data from the recent experiments suggest that EMF are associated with the iron-mediated free radical generation, that can cause damage in the biologic molecules such as lipids, proteins and can profoundly affect cellular homeostasis.

2. Materials and Methods In vivo experiment was carried out on 80 Wistar rats that were divided in 4 groups as following: 1. Control-group, without exposure, sacrificed at 1 month, 2. Control-group, without exposure sacrificed at 3 months, 3. EMF–exposed group, sacrificed at 1 month, 4. EMF – exposed group, sacrificed at 3 months. The rats were exposed 4 hours/day to RF EMF that covers a range of the frequencies between 140-160 MHz generated by a Motorola device. The components of EMF field were measured with an EMF 200 Monitor Wandel&Goltermann (the measured Power density (S) was 8+/- 1 W/m2). The following parameters were assessed: a) 3HTdR incorporation test, b) IL-1 assay, c) TNF-assay, d) Chemiluminiscence assay, e) Lipid peroxides. EMF : Freq= 160 MHz; S ech= 8+/-1Wm2

Motorola

Wistar rats EXPOSED GROUP (20), 4hours/day

Wistar rats CONTROLS (20)

SACRIFICED AFTER 1 and 3 MONTHS

BAL

SPLEEN AM

• • • • •

TISSUES Fig. 0. Materials and methods

PARAMETERS 3HTd-incorporation test IL-1 assay TNF-assay Chemiluminiscence assay Morphopatological exam


107

3. Results The 3HTdR incorporation was decreased in the EMF-exposed groups, as compared with control groups, but with statistically significant difference (ssd) (p>0.01 ) only in third group. Increased values of the cytokines ( IL-1 and TNF ) were found in the 3 and 4 – groups, with ssd for both of the cytokines (p> 0.05 for IL-1 and p> 0.01 for TNF). Chemiluminescence assay and lipid peroxides were parameters with increased values for 3 and 4 groups, but ssd were found only in the forth -group. Our results point out an important increased of the oxidative response in the EMF- exposed groups, in special in the group sacrificed at 3 months. In the forth group, an important suppression of the immune response and increased activity of the cytokines was demonstrated. Our results point out the following: an important increased of the oxidative response in the EMF- exposed groups, in special in the group sacrificed at 3 months. an important suppression of the immune response increased activity of the cytokines in all the groups exposed to EMF cpm

17800

18300 15120

20000

C1

18000 16000

9780

14000

C2 EMF1

12000 10000

EMF2

8000 6000 4000 2000 0

groups

Fig.1. 3HTdR INCORPORATION TEST Effect of the chronic exposure to EMF on the 3HTdR incorporation by PHA splenic Lys in the presence of the autologous AMs , at 30 and 90 days after EMF – exposure of the rats cpm

17800

18300 15120

20000

C1

18000 16000

9780

14000

C2 EMF1

12000 10000

EMF2

8000 6000 4000 2000 0

groups

Fig. 2. IL-1 assay Effect of on the chronic exposure to EMF on the IL-1 release by AMs obtained by BAL, 30 and 90 days after EMF – exposure of the rats.

108


cpm 4500 4500 4000

C1

3500

2100

3000

C2

2500

EMF1

2000 1500

235

1000

EMF2

320

500 0

groups

Fig. 3. TNF- assay Effect of the chronic exposure to EMF on the TNF release by rats AMs, obtained by BAL, 30 and 90 days after EMF – exposure of the rats.

cpm

1760 C1

1800 1600

C2

1400

EMF1

815

1200 1000

EMF2

800 600

310

248

400 200

groups

0

Fig. 4. LUMINOL -DEPENDENT CHEMILUMINISCENCE ASSAY. Effect of the chronic exposure to EMF on ROS release from the rats AMs, obtained by BAL, 30 and 90 days after EMF – exposured rats. nMol

730

C1

800 700

C2

600

380

500 400 300

110

EMF1

190

EMF2

200 100 0

groups

Fig. 5. LIPID PEROXIDES ASSAY Effect of the chronic exposure to EMF on the release of the LP in the TBA- treated AMs, at 30 and 90 days after EMF – exposured rats.


109

4. Conclusions Although important issue are not yet resolved in this study, our results showed that EMFs caused changes in the immune system, possible mediated by the proliferative response of the T cells, by their distribution and by the cytokines ‘activity. Our results clearly show that the exposure to EMF is connected to an increased release of free radicals. The increased levels of the ROS pointed out alterations in the oxidative stress parameters in the rat’s macrophages that were exposed to EMF. Our results indicate an increased risk regarding development of the biological effects in EMF exposure correlated with intensity and period of the exposure.

References [1] [2] [3] [4]

[5]

[6] [7 [8]

[9] [10]

[11] [12] [13] [14] [15] [16]

Becker R. O., Marino A. A., Electromagnetic pollution, The Sciences, January, 1978, pp 14, 15, 23 Bell G.B., Marino A.A., Chesson A.L- Human sensitivity to weak magnetic fields, Lancet 338: 15211522, 1991 Bell G.B., Marino A.A., Chesson A.L.- Frequency –specific responses in the human brain caused by EMF , J. Neurol.Sci. 123:26-32, 1994 Bajinyan S, Hovhannisyan N., Arakelyan V. – The Effect of Millimeter-range Electromagnetic Waves of Low Intensity on Cellular Membranes, Effect of Electromagnetic Waves on Cellular Membranes 1999, 5(1):43- 49 Gianni M., Maggio F., Liberti M, Paffi A- Modeling Biological Noise in Firing and Bursting Neurons in the Presence of an EMF-Proceedings of the 2-the International IEEE EMBSArington, Virginia, 2005 Kelsh M.A., Bracken T.D., Sahl J.D., Shum M., Ebi Kl.- occupat. Magnetic field exposure of garment workers- Bioelectromagnetics, 2003; 24(5): 316 -26 Kjell Hansson Mild, Mike Rapacholi, Emilie van Deventer, Paolo Ravazzani - EMF Hypersensitivity, Proceedings of the International Workshop on EMF Hypersensitivity, Prague, Oct.25-27, 2004 Leif G. Salford, Arne E. Brun, Jacob L. Eberhardt, Lars Malmgren , Bertil R. R. Persson-Nerve Cell Damage in Mammalian Brain after Exposure to Microwaves from GSM Mobile Phones-Environmental Health Perspectives,vol.111, number7, June 2003 Henry Lai, Narendra P. Singh-Magnetic-Field-Induced DNA Strand Breaks in Brain Cells of the RatEnvironmental Health Perspectives,vol 112, number 6, May 2004 Lantow M., Lupke E.M., Frahm E.J., Mattsson E.M.O. - ROS release and Hsp70 expresion afterexposure to1,800 MHzRMF in primary human monocytes and lympocytes- Radiat. Environ.Biophys, 2006 Marino A.A, Marcel Dekker, Environ. EMF and public health, New York, 965- 1044, 1988 Marino A.A, Morris D.M., Chronic electromagnetic stressors in the environment : A risk factor in human cancer, J. Environ. Sci.C3(2) 189- 219,1985 Mailhes J.B., Young D, Marino A.A – Mutagenesis, 12:347- 351,1997 Repacholi M.H. – Low –Level Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields, Bioelectromagnetics 19: 1-19, 1988 Santini R., Santini P, Le Ruz P., Danze-Survey study of people living in the vicinity of cellular phone base stations. Electromagnetic biology and Medicine, 2003;22, 41- 49 Zhang J.,The effect of low force chiropractic adjustments on body surface EMF- J. Can. Chiropr. Assoc.2004; 48(1).

110


Acoustic/Magnetic Field Assisted Perfusion Study A.H.J. FLEMING, E. B. BAUER, R. BERGERON, M. DAHLE, J. ENGE Biophotonics Research Institute, Australia. [email protected] Abstract. This pilot investigation assessed the effectiveness of a vibrating acoustic device combined with a system of structurally imbedded permanent magnets to increase perfusion in areas of application. The device, a Cyma 1000, delivered five acoustic frequencies 900- 1300 Hz chosen for arterial support. The permanent magnet was built into the face of the applicator and oscillated at the same frequencies as the generated acoustic wave. A control group was chosen having normal perfusive ability, a second group was chosen to test the applicator's ability to assist perfusion across a range of pathological conditions. Thermography was used to view perfusion before and after application. Both groups and all cases studied showed application improved perfusion.

1. Introduction Blood supply is vital to the viability of healthy cells, tissues, and organs and is essential for sustaining life. The function of the circulatory system is to deliver oxygen and nutrients to cells and to remove carbon dioxide and waste products for the purpose of maintaining tissue pH. Without perfusion, organ systems suffer; the process of ischemic cascade and cellular degradation ensues, and life ends. When perfusion is impeded, eschemic cascade ensues within seconds to minutes, necrosis due to ischemia usually ensues after about 10-12 hours.[1-3]. Over the past decade a number of studies have been performed to investigate the therapeutic use of magnetic fields to mitigate against ischemic cascade while it is occuring and to repair tissues damaged following reperfusion [4-6]. A biological mechanism behind the efficacy of the magentic field in these cases may lie in recent mathematical developments in understanding the self fields of atoms [7-8]. Self field theory gives actual dynamics of the sub-atomic particles in contrast to the probabilistic results of quantum mechanics. When a magnetic field is applied, an outer shell electron inside the atom does not change its orbital speed but rather its cyclotron speed, its spin, is increased. Like the gyroscopic ability well-known in ballistic design to keep projectiles on track and thus increase their effective range, the magnetic field may increase the ability of ions, and other blood-borne components to ward off unwanted randomly directed electric fields in the arterial milieu due to the reactions invovled in ischemic cascade. As for the acoustic fields, Bauer and Fleming have previously presented results from another pilot study using the Cyma 1000's acoustic fields without the dynamic magnetic field to promote repair of a tendon in a thoroughbred racehorse [9]. It is known that an acoustic field can vibrate DNA and a frequency can be calculated for these vibratory modes [10]. The 'Code 129 Artery Support' has been designed to improve peripheral perfusion. This code as well as all of the codes in the Cyma 1000 is

A.H.J. Fleming et al. / Acoustic/Magnetic Field Assisted Perfusion Study

111

a combination of five frequencies called a commutation. The five frequencies range from 900 to 1300 Hz [11]. The preliminary investigation, using thermography as an indicator, aimed to examine the value of applying frequencies specific to supporting increased arterial flow to areas of the body with the acoustic/magnetic applicator.

2. Method After obtaining and reviewing a detailed medical health history and a medical examination; a random control group of 10 subjects, aged 25 to 65, without underlying vascular pathology, was selected. Baseline thermographs were obtained before any intervention. After evaluating the baseline thermographs, the hand-held acoustic device (Cyma 1000) was used to deliver specific audible frequencies that ranged from 900 to 1300 Hz. The applicator had 8 x 2000G magnets imbedded on its face which was held next to the surface of the body. In the normal control group frequencies were administered for 10 minutes to both forearms in supination, an area from the wrist to the elbow with palm side up. Following the successful results of the random control group it was decided that a further experimental group showing vascular compromise should be studied. The vascular-compromised experimental group studied included those with pulmonary diseases and peripheral vascular disease. In the experimental groups, after medical histories, exams and baseline thermographs were obtained, the frequencies were applied for 10 minutes to the areas of pathology. Informed consent was obtained from each subject before their participation in this investigation.

3. Results Control Group: Thermographic Results

Fig. 1a. Before

Fig 1b. After

Fig. 2a. Before

Fig 2b. After

112


Fig. 3a. Before

Fig 3b. After

Fig. 4a. Before

Fig. 4b. After

Fig. 5a. Before

Fig. 5b. After

Experimental Group Thermographic Results: Pulmonary Diseases

Fig. 6a. Emphysema: Before

Fig. 6b. Emphysema: After


113

Fig. 7a: Pulmonary Fibrosis: Before

Fig. 7b. Pulmonary Fibrosis: After

Experimental Group Thermographic Results: Inflammatory Peripheral Vascular Disease

Figs. 8a and 8b. Legs before

Figs. 8c and 8d. Legs after

Figs. 9a and 9b. Feet before

Figs. 9c and 9d. Feet after

The results of the preliminary investigation were very positive, showing consistently improved perfusion across thermographs after application. Improvements in perfusion were shown across the control group as can be seen in the follow-up thermographs compared to baseline thermographs. Clinically for the cases shown in Figs. 6b and 7b there was a marked increase in SpO2 and marked improvements in breath sounds, anxiety levels, and respiratory effort as compared to baseline. The subjects reported that they were able to inhale more easily as well as exhale without the usual feeling of restriction. For the cases shown in Figs. 8c, 8d, 9c and 9d. a marked decrease in inflammation occurred and an increase in perfusion compared to baseline images 8a, 8b, 9a and 9b. Before the application of this acoustic device pedal and post-tibial pulses were not palpable; after the application of this acoustic device pedal pulses were palpable, bilaterally.

114


4. Discussion How the vibrating of the permanent magnetic fields translates into an induced dynamic magnetic field was not characterized. Hence it is unclear how the physical motion of the vibrating applicator converts into a wave form. It is clear however that a form of pulsed magnetic field is being produced. As discussed by Shupak et al. there are two fundamentally different biophysical mechanisms that can be associated with exogenous pulsed magnetic fields: either ionic currents can be induced, or a direct interaction can occur with some endogenous magnetic field including the magnetic moment of ions, nuclei, atoms, or molecules. In this instance it appears that the cyclotron motions associated with outer shell electrons of moving entities within the blood flow are being increased. This creates a more energetic entity that can ward off the random electric fields caused by biophysical perturbations such as ischemic attack. This enables blood to travel further without losing its energy and therefore its motion forwards along the capillary. Due to the small increments between the magnetic, cyclotron states of atoms and molecules as opposed to the electric, radial states, the actual frequency of the magnetic field is not critical as opposed to the acoustic frequency. The biophysical action of the acoustic field is related to the low frequency modes of vibration of DNA that control the 'unzipping' or 'melting' reaction that precedes replication and other stages within the cell cycle. These frequencies are chosen from a physical knowledge of the DNA, its mass, number of base pairs, width, length between base pairs, angle of spiral, etc and is critical to replication of the chosen DNA [10, 11, 12].

Acknowledgements We would like to sincerely thank Rebecca Moss for her thermography work as well as the entire staff of the Covenant Health Clinic for their assistance, patience, hospitality and kindness. We further thank Marko Markov for his helpful advice in the preparation of this report.

References [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9]

K. R. Lees et al., NXY-059 for Acute Ischemic Stroke. New England Journal of Medicine; vol. 354, 6, 2006. J. Hinkle and l. Bowman, Neuroprotection for Ischemic Stroke. Journal of Neuroscience Nursing. Vol 35, 2, 2003. K. Tolstrup, Non-invasive Resting Magnetocardiographic Imaging for the Rapid Detection of Ischaemia. European Cardiovascular Disease, May 2006. N. Shupak, A. W. Thomas, F. S. Prato, Therapeutic Uses of Pulsed Magnetic Field Exposure. URSI Radio Science Bulletin, no. 307, December 2003. G. Grant, R. Cadossi, G. Steinberg, Protection against Focal Cerebral Ischemia following Exposure to a Pulsed Electromagnetic Field, Bioelectromagnetics, 15, 3, 1994, 205-216. H. N. Mayrovitz, Electromagnetic Linkages in Soft Tissue Wound Healing, in Bioelectromagnetic Medicine P. J. Rosch and M.S. Markov, Marcel Dekker, 2004. A. H. J. Fleming, Electromagnetic Self-field Theory and its Application to the Hydrogen Atom. Physics Essays. September 2005;18:3, http://www.unifiedphysics.com. A. H. J. Fleming, E. B. Bauer, Self-field Theory a Mathematics for Bioelectromagnetics. BEMS 28, Cancun, June 11-15, 2005. http://www.unifiedphysics.com. E. B. Bauer, K.Cooper, A. H. J. Fleming,. The Effects of Acoustic Frequencies on Core Lesions of the Thoroughbred Racehorse, BEMS 27, Dublin, June 19-25, 2005; http://www.unifiedphysics.com.

A.H.J. Fleming et al. / Acoustic/Magnetic Field Assisted Perfusion Study [10] K-C. Chou, Low-frequency vibrations of DNA molecules, Biochem. J. vol. 221, 1984. [11] E. B. Bauer, private communication, September 2007. [12] J. A. Fornes, H-Bond vibrations of the a-helix, Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys., no. 3, 2001.

115

116


Effect of Pulsed Magnetic Field on Fresh Keeping of Vegetables Taiki HORI a, Koji FUJIWARA a, Yoshiyuki ISHIHARA a, Toshiyuki TODAKA a, Masao NAKAJIMA b a Department of Electrical Engineering, Doshisha University, Japan b Shimamoto Noken Co.,Ltd, Japan

Abstract. In this paper, effect and magnetic mechanism of pulsed magnetic field for the green leaf vegetable were examined and evaluated by quantifying the color change, respiration, and stomatal aperture of it. As the results, it is shown pulsed magnetic field exposure suppressed the yellowing and respiration of the green leaf vegetable. Furthermore, it is shown that it keeps the freshness of vegetables, since pulsed magnetic field affects the stoma, from the result that respiration rate and stomatal aperture decreased after pulsed magnetic field exposure. Keywords. Pulsed magnetic field, Fresh keeping, Vegetable, Stomatal mechanism

Introduction Recently, performance of the permanent magnet and superconducting magnet technology greatly developed, the effective utilization of magnetic field has been established in various fields such as MRI and ESR in the medical field. Moreover, recent years, the interest in the safety of food rising, the establishment of the novel fresh keeping technology has been required. Then, the authors have examined the usefulness from the viewpoint of pulsed magnetic field (hereafter PMF) processing technology of the instantaneous exposure type[1][2][3]. This paper shows the effect of PMF on fresh keeping of vegetables was evaluated by quantifying color change of them. Moreover, it was indicated possibility that the fresh keeping effect is obtained by PMF affecting the stoma of vegetables[4]. Therefore, it was investigated magnetic mechanism which worked for fresh keeping effect by evaluating and quantifying the respiration change of vegetables and shape change of stomata.

1. Experimental Conditions and Methods 1.1 Experimental Condition As a specimen, mibuna leaves which is Japanese green leaf vegetable were used, which cultivated by same farmer, harvest day and producer for reduction in individual specificity. The effect of PMF exposure was examined by quantifying color change, respiration and stomatal aperture of mibuna leaves. In order to maximize magnetic flux

T. Hori et al. / Effect of Pulsed Magnetic Field on Fresh Keeping of Vegetables

117

to cross to the stoma of leaves, PMF was applied in the normal direction to the leaf surface of the specimen, as shown in Figure 1(a), using the square shape coil (W 390 × L 630 × H 500 mm, 390 turns, L= 8.1 [mH]) and magnetizer (SCH2550-SP, Nihon Denji Sokki Co., Ltd.), as shown in Figure 2.

B Measurement portions

mibuna leaves

(a) Exposure direction of the flux

(b) Measurement portions

Figure 1. Exposure direction and measurement portions of color.

Figure 2. Pulsed magnetic field exposure system.

Applied magnetic flux density was 0.05, 0.10, 0.15, 0.20, 0.25[T], exposure frequency was 1 shot, daily observation were done for a week. Specimen was exposed PMF at only first day, and it was not done afterwards. They were preserved in the refrigerator set temperature at 12 °C during measurement period. 1.2 Color Measurement The color change of the leaves were evaluated by calculated Yellowing Index (hereafter YI) defined Eq.(1), using 3 kinds of parameter Ln, an, bn (n: progress days after exposure) obtained measurement of leaf color by chroma meter (CR- 300, Konica Minolta Holdings, Inc.), defined in the L*a*b* color system. Moreover, the statistical processing was carried out in order to eliminate individual specificity. Specimens were preserved while it packed by the corrugated cardboard box every other group. The population was made to be 5 packages per group, about 24 leaves per package.

118


The measurement portions were 2 places of the optional 2 leaves in each package, as shown in Figure 1(b).

YI = Ln ⋅

bn an

(1)

1.3 Respiration Measurement The respiration was evaluated by quantity of carbon dioxide in which mibuna leaves was discharged analyzed by the gas chromatography (GC-14BPT, Shimadzu Corp.). Specimens were preserved while it packed by the sealed bowl made of plastic, whose capacity is 4 litters. The population was made to be 2 bowls per group, 3 packages per bowl. The Gas in bowl was gathered by 2 milliliter with a syringe per bowl after 2 hours since sealed up every bowl, and analyzed by gas chromatography, it was repeated 3 times. Then, density of carbon dioxide in bowl Ds was measured. The respiration evaluated by calculated average value of carbon dioxide per hour per kg. The respiration was calculated using Eq.(2), where Dr is density of carbon dioxide in refrigerator, C is capacity of bowl, M is fresh weight of mibuna leaves in bowl, and T is sealed time. CO2 =

(Ds − Dr )⋅ (C − M )ᇫ[mg/kg⋅ h] M ⋅T

(2)

1.4 Stomatal Aperture Measurement The physical effect of PMF on the stoma was examined by measuring the stomatal aperture using the microscope (VH-7000, Keyence Corp.). The preservation condition was color measurement similar. The 3 specimens of 1 cm × 1 cm were cut off from the optional leaf in each group every day. The specimen was measured while it was put on the paper which was made to moisten in the water of the temperature equal to the refrigerator in order to prevent that the stoma opens by the external factor such as heat of the outside air and lighting of the microscope during measurement. The stomatal aperture evaluated by calculated averaged stoma area from breadth and length of the stoma measured by the microscope.

2. Results and Discussion As the daily measurement results of the color change by PMF exposure, the statistics population means estimate of YI in the each exposure condition is shown in Figure (3). However, difference occurs for the value in the first day, and it is unsuitable for evaluating the degree of the degradation, as shown in Figure 3(a). Therefore, in Figure 3(b), the value in the first day is normalized 100 % by YI of the vertical axis which shows the degree of the color change. Therefore, it tends to suppress the yellowing of mibuna leaves in the processing group. Especially, fresh keeping effect of the leaves exposed 0.1T becomes a maximum, and also the statistics 5% significance can be confirmed.

119


As the daily measurement results of the daily respiration by PMF exposure, the average value of carbon dioxide in the each exposure condition is shown in Figure 4. 120

84

115

80

Rate of YI [%]

Yellowing index YI

82

78 76 74

110 105 100

72 95

70 68

90 1

2

3

4 5 Time [day] Control

6

7

0.05T

1 0.1T

3

2

0.15T

0.2T

4 5 Time [day]

6

7

6

7

0.25T

45

110

40

100

35

Rate of CO2 [%]

Value of CO2 [mg/h kg]

(b) Normalized result (a) Measurement result Figure 3. Effect of pulsed magnetic field on color change of mibuna leaves.

30 25 20

90 80 70 60 50

15

40

10

30 1

2

3

5 4 Time [day] Control

6 0.05T

7

1 0.1T

0.15T

3

2 0.2T

4 5 Time [day] 0.25T

(b) Normalized result (a) Measurement result Figure 4. Effect of pulsed magnetic field on respiration of mibuna leaves.

Figure 4(a) shows that the respiration in first and second day is not suppressed, though it is held after the third day. The examination on the breathing rate was carried out from the viewpoint of the respiration peak differed every group. Therefore, in Figure 4(b), the value of respiration peak is normalized 100 % by respiration of the vertical axis which shows the degree of the respiration change. The control shows in the final degradation tendency since the third day and the PMF exposure shows the last degradation tendency since the sixth day. Moreover, it reached the second day at the respiration peak only in 0.1T zone, and it reached the first day at the respiration peak in other. As the daily measurement results of the daily stomatal aperture by PMF exposure, the average stoma area in the each exposure condition is shown in Figure 5. It is proven that the stoma didn’t open in the process group in first day, while control group greatly

120


opened the stoma. It is considered it seems to be because it was prevented by the effect of PMF exposure though the stoma is made to be an open bite, since the stress which environmental change of the harvesting brings about is received. Therefore, since the PMF effectively affects the stoma, fresh keeping effect seems to have been obtained. It is considered because the eddy current flows by PMF exposure in the stoma and the opening/shutting mechanism of the stoma affects it.

Stomatal aperture [pm2]

60

50

40 30

20 10 1

Control

2 0.05T

3

4 5 Time [day] 0.1T

0.15T

6

7 0.2T

0.25T

Figure 5. Effect of pulsed magnetic field on stomatal aperture of mibuna leaves.

Moreover, it seems to be possible to obtain fresh keeping effect at the specific magnetic flux density because it has retarded the respiration peak at 0.1T zone, and it suppressed the yellowing at 0.1T zone most in the results of experiment of color change.

3. Conclusions Using mibuna leaves, it was clarified that PMF processing of instantaneous exposure type might be effective for fresh keeping of the vegetable by quantifying color change of specimen after PMF exposure. Moreover, from the viewpoint of the shape change of stoma, as a result of examining the effect of the PMF exposure on the respiration and stomatal aperture it was shown that the breathing rate might be slowed and the stoma area was reduced. Therefore, it was shown that freshness of vegetables was kept, since PMF exposure affects stoma,. Furthermore, it was shown that fresh keeping effect might be obtained by with in PMF at specific magnetic flux density. Therefore, it is necessary to specify the effective magnetic flux density. In the future, by simulated the stoma with a model, the magnetic flux density will be specified from the force which generates in the stoma by eddy current. In addition, magnetic mechanism which works for fresh keeping will be examined, while the improvement in the reliability for a knowledge acquired this time is attempted by increasing examination cases.


121

References [1]

[2] [3] [4]

K. Yamazoe, Y. Ishihara, T. Todaka, M. Nakajima, Influence of the pulse magnetic field to discoloration of vegetables, The Paper of Technical Meeting on Magnetics, IE.E. Japan MAG-02-76 (2002) T. Kondo, T. Toshiyuki, Y. Ishihara, M. Nakajima, Effects of pulsed magnetic field on green leaf vegetables, The Paper of Technical Meeting on Magnetics, IE.E. Japan MAG-04-129(2004) T. Hori, T. Toshiyuki, Y. Ishihara, K. Fujiwara, M. Nakajima, Effect of pulsed magnetic field on fresh keeping of mushrooms, 2007 National Convention Record IE.E. Japan vol.2 No.170(2007) T. Hori, H. Yamamoto, T. Toshiyuki, Y. Ishihara, M. Nakajima, Fresh keeping effects of pulsed magnetic field on fruits and vegetables, IEICE Society Conference B-4-44 (2006)

122


Mutagenicity and Co-mutagenicity of Strong Static Magnetic Field in Yeast Cells Masateru Ikehataa,1, Sachiko Yoshiea, Sachi Matsumotoa, Yuji, Suzukib, Toshio Hayakawaa a Railway Technical Research Institute, Kokubunji, Tokyo 185-8540, Japan, b The Jikei University School of Medicine

Abstract. Mutagenicity and co-mutagenicity of strong static magnetic field up to 5 T was estimated in budding yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae XD83. We observed that exposure to a 5 T static magnetic field resulted in a slight but significant increase in gene recombination frequency while reverse mutation was not altered. This mutagenic effect showed a dose response relationship as J-shape. In comutagenicity assay, it was found that exposure to a 5 T static magnetic field has tendency to enhance the mutagenic potential of Zeocin (Phleomycin) that is an antibiotic agent by free radical production. These results suggest that strong static magnetic field would have small but detectable mutagenic and possible weak comutagenic potential. However, the extent is estimated extremely small by comparison with other mutagens such as ultraviolet irradiation. Keywords. static strong magnetic field, mutagenicity, co-mutagenicity, yeast

Introduction The chance for exposure to various magnetic and electromagnetic fields in general public and working environment are increasing. However, we do not have enough data to guarantee the safety of magnetic field exposure. To evaluate the biological effects by exposure to magnetic fields, large number of research were conducted in various frequencies where a social anxiety is caused in recent years. However, there are not enough studies to evaluate the biological effects of static magnetic field while opportunities for exposure to high density magnetic field such as MRI are increasing. It was reported that exposure to strong static magnetic field caused small increase of somatic recombination in wing spot test of Drosophila melanogaster [1], increase mutation frequency in forward mutation assay in SOD deficient Escherichia coli [2] and enhancement of mutagenicity of DNA reactive mutagen in reverse mutation assay in E. coli [3]. However, the mechanism of the mutagenic effect has not been determined yet. On the other hand, no mutagenic effect was observed in bacterial mutation assay (Ames’ test) using Salmonella typhimurium and E. coli [3]. Therefore, additional research evidences will be necessary to understand the mutagenic effects of magnetic fields. In this study, mutagenicity and co-mutagenicity of a strong static magnetic field was examined using budding yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae as a eukaryote model. 1 Corresponding Author: Masateru Ikehata, Senior researcher, Biotechnology Laboratory, Environmental Engineering Division, Railway Technical Research Institute, 2-8-38, Hikari, Kokukbunji, Tokyo 185-8540, Japan; E-mail: [email protected]

M. Ikehata et al. / Mutagenicity and Co-Mutagenicity of Strong Static Magnetic Field

123

1. Materials and Methods Saccharomyces cerevisiae XD83 (MATa/MATα, lys1-1/lys1-1, arg4-4/arg4-17, RAD) was obtained from American Type Culture Collection and was used as the tester strain in this study. For magnetic field exposure, we used a superconducting magnet (JS-500, Toshiba Co., Japan). This magnet is able to generate up to a 5 T homogeneous static magnetic field with five percent distribution within 10 cm from the center of the bore (diameter; 20 cm). S. cerevisiae XD83 was pre-cultured to late log phase (approximately 108cells/ml) in YPD medium. In mutagenicity assay, 0.1 ml of cell suspension was mixed with molten soft agar (0.6 % Bacto-agar, 0.5 % NaCl) and poured on to low lysine synthetic complete plate for detecting point mutation frequency on lys 1-1. 0.1 ml of 1/100 diluted cell suspension was mixed with molten soft agar and poured on to low arginine synthetic complete plate for detecting gene conversion frequency on ARG4 allele (between arg 4-4 and arg 4-17). In co-mutagenicity assay, Zeocin (Phleomycin) was used as a chemical mutagen. Cell suspension including cells and molten soft agar with 0.25, 0.13, 0.06 and 0.03 µg of Zeocin was poured on to selection plates for point mutation (LYS1) and gene conversion (ARG4), respectively. At least 6 plates were made for each test condition and randomly divided into two groups. One group was exposed to a static magnetic field for 4 days at 30 ± 0.5 oC as exposed group. The other group was incubated in a conventional incubator as unexposed control. Number of colonies on each plate was scored as revertant and the mutation frequency was calculated.

2. Results and discussion Exposure to a 5 T static magnetic field resulted in a slight but significant increase in gene conversion frequency in ARG4 locus while reverse mutation in lys1-1 was not altered in mutagenicity assay (Table 1). This mutagenic effect disappeared on exposure to a 2 T static magnetic field and was even lower than the control on exposure to a 1 T static magnetic field. When cells were exposed to a 0.5 T static magnetic field, there was no difference in the frequency of reverse mutation in both ARG4 and lys1. These results suggest that exposure to a strong static magnetic field shows weak mutagenicity and its threshold would be above 2 T in this tester strain. In addition, the dose response relationship between magnetic field density and mutagenic effect showed J-shape. In our previous study, extent of mutagenic effect of strong static magnetic field was increased linearly up to 2 T and saturated in wing spot test of Drosophila melanogaster [4] and co-mutagenicity of Ames test [3]. In case of these assays, tester strains have partial deficiency of DNA repair ability and therefore these strains are sensitive to various mutagens. On the other hand, S. cerevisiae strain used in this study is proficient for DNA repair and its J-shape dose response relationship between magnetic field density and mutagenic effect was different from DNA repair deficient Drosophila and E. coli. These different responses would be reasonable if the exposure to strong static magnetic field caused an increase of DNA lesion frequency. Obviously, although a strong magnetic field even at 5T does not have enough energy to modify the covalent bond of DNA directly, indirect effects such as increase of oxidative damage by exposure to a strong static magnetic field reported by Watanabe et

124


Table 1 Mutagenicity of static strong magnetic field in S. cerevisiae XD83 lys+ mutants/107 survivor (point mutation)

Treatment

Control 0.5 T 1T 2T 5T UVC

18 J/m2

9.7 b N.D. 10.1 N.D. 9.8 146.1

± 2.5

ARG+ mutants/104 survivor (gene conversion/recombination)

a

2.4 2.1 1.9 2.2 3.3 18.4

± 3.0 ± 3.5 ± 20.8

*

± ± ± ± ± ±

0.7 0.3 0.7 0.1 0.8 3.9

* *

*Significantly higher than the control group at 1 % level by Student's t -test. a) Standard division from at least three independent experiments b) Not Determined

al. [5] would be the cause of increase in the mutation frequency. In co-mutagenicity assay, slight increase in gene conversion frequency of exposed group in ARG4 locus was observed in all of four concentrations of Zeocin treatment groups (0.03, 0.06, 0.13 and 0.25 µg/plate), respectively. Figure 1 shows the gene conversion frequency in ARG4 locus induced by 0.03 µg/plate of Zeocin, Zeocin with exposure to a 5 T static magnetic field and UV irradiation. In this figure, gene conversion frequency in exposed group was slightly higher than control (unexposed) group. Figure 2 shows the gene conversion frequency in ARG4 locus induced by 0.06 µg/plate of Zeocin, Zeocin with exposure to a 5T static magnetic field and UV irradiation. Gene conversion frequency in exposed group was also slightly higher than control (unexposed) group. Figure 3 shows the gene conversion frequency in ARG4 locus induced by 0.13 µg/plate of Zeocin, Zeocin with exposure to a 5 T static magnetic field and UV irradiation. Gene conversion frequency in exposed group was also slightly higher than control (unexposed) group. Although we observed tendency to increase mutagenicity of Zeocin by exposure to a 5 T static magnetic field, all of these increases were not significant by Student’s t-test, respectively.

1000

Arg+ colony/plate

Arg+ colony/plate

1000 800 600 400 200 0 Control Exposure UVC (5 T) (18J/m2)

Treatment

800 600 400 200 0 Control Exposure UVC (5 T) (18J/m2)

Treatment

Fig.1 Synergistic effect (co-mutagenic effect) of 5 T Fig.2 Synergistic effect (co-mutagenic effect) of 5 T magnetic field on mutagenicity of phleomycin (0.03 magnetic field on mutagenicity of phleomycin (0.06 µg /plate) in S. cerevisiae XD83. µg /plate) in S.cerevisiae XD83.


125

Arg+ colony/plate

1000 800 600 400 200 0 Control Exposure UVC (5 T) (18J/m2)

Treatment

Fig.3 Synergistic effect (co-mutagenic effect) of 5 T magnetic field on mutagenicity of phleomycin (0.13 µg /plate) in S. cerevisiae XD83.

Zeocin is a member of bleomycin family and its mode of action is to break the DNA strand by producing free radicals after intercalation into DNA strand. Thus, these results suggest that mutagenicity of Zeocin that depends on free radicals was possibly affected by exposure to a 5T static magnetic field. Although we could not observe tangible effects, the data showed tendency of enhancement of mutagenicity by Zeocin treatment. Thus, it is inferred that effect on free radical behavior by exposure to strong static magnetic field would be an factor of increase of gene conversion frequency in this tester strain. In addition, this result is consistent with the result in mutagenicity assay and our previous results. Therefore, results in this study support our hypothesis about the mechanism of mutagenicity by exposure to magnetic field. Table 1 also shows that weak UV irradiation which estimated to be approximately 1/5 to 1/10 that of average sunlight in Japan, caused significant increase of both ARG4 and lys1 reverse mutations in the tester strain used in this study. In a comparison of the results of exposure to strong static magnetic field and the UV irradiation in this study, the extent of mutagenicity of strong static magnetic field was estimated to be extremely small since weak UV exposure (18 J/m2) is approximately 20 times more effective than strong static magnetic field which are at least 10,000 times stronger than those in the environment and long exposure duration (48 hours). This suggests that effect of static magnetic field even in a 5 T (100,000 times higher than geo-magnetic field) is sufficiently small. Therefore, in view of risk estimation, exposure to static magnetic field would be negligible as a component of risk in public environments.

References [1] Y. Takashima, J. Miyakoshi, M. Ikehata, M. Iwasaka, S. Ueno and T. Koana, J. Radiat. Res., vol. 45, pp. 393-7, 2004 [2] Q.M. Zhang, M. Tokiwa, T. Doi, T. Nakahara, P.W. Chang, N. Nakamura, M. Hori, J. Miyakoshi and S. Yonei., Int J Radiat Biol., vol. 79, pp. 281-6, 2003 [3] M. Ikehata, Y. Suzuki, H. Shimizu, T. Koana and M. Nakagawa, Mut. Res., vol. 427, pp. 147-156, 1999 [4] T. Koana, M. O. Okada, M. Ikehata, and M. Nakagawa: Mut. Res., vol. 373, pp. 55-60, 1997 [5] Y. Watanabe, M. Nakagawa and Y. Miyakoshi, Industrial Health, vol. 35, pp. 285-290, 1997

126


Model for Investigation of Microwave Energy Absorbed by Young and Mature Living Animals Roman KUBACKI a, Jaromir SOBIECH a, Edward SĘDEK b a Military Institute of Hygiene &Epidemiology, Poland b Telecommunication Research Institute, Poland

Abstract. In the paper ellipsoidal phantom model for investigation of energy absorbed by living organisms has been proposed. Calculations using the FDTD method of specific absorption rate (SAR [W/kg]) have been presented in the function of frequency, in the frequency band of 0,8 – 1,8 GHz, for plane wave and waveguide exposure conditions. Phantom model has been filled with liquid of electrical properties equivalent to electrical properties averaged over whole animal body. Values of the averaged electrical properties were established by measuring of the ε’ and ε” of minced animal body. The validation of this phantom method has been done by measuring of SAR of living (anesthetized) mice in rectangular waveguides. The investigation of SAR of mice at different ages (10 day-old, 30 day-old and 4 month-old) demonstrates that young mice absorb the same energy or even lower as old (mature) animals. Keywords. Electromagnetic energy absorbed by organisms, electrical properties of tissues, phantoms

Introduction The increasing popularity of mobile phones in our live has aroused interest about potential health risk due to exposure to microwave (MW) energy. The investigation of potential adverse health effects has been magnified by the fact that most part of energy emitted by handset is absorbed by head. Thus, the presented papers in the literature are focused on assess of the MW energy level as well as its distribution inside the head. Recently one particular issue is intensively debated, i.e., whether the exposure level of MW energy from mobile phone is higher for children than for adults. Some researchers [2, 3] have reported significant increase in MW energy absorption from exposure to mobile handset radiation in the heads of children compared to heads of adults. In 1996 has been announced [2] that in some parts of the children head the peak of specific absorption rate was 50 % higher compared to adults under the same exposure conditions. Because of potential higher risk of children exposed to MW radiation in the Steward Report [9] describing known interactions of electromagnetic radiation with living systems has been recommended that children less than 16 years of age should be discouraged from using mobile telephones since they may absorb more electromagnetic energy. According to the Steward Report this effect is due to smaller heads, thinner skulls and higher tissue conductivity. However, there exist papers [7] demonstrating that the value of absorbed energy is similar in the heads of adults and children. The

R. Kubacki et al. / Model for Investigation of MW Energy Absorbed by Living Animals

127

attempt to review the existing state of research regarding the exposure of children heads has been done by Christ et al. [1]. Summing up published data the following disadvantages in assessing of energy absorbed by children should be underlined: - The simple models of children heads and their phantoms are designed for calculations based on tissues with electric parameters equivalent to muscle tissue of adults. Last years studies have shown increased values of tissue permeabilities (ε) and conductivities (σ) of newborn and young animals comparing to mature organisms [5, 6, 8]. The information about higher values of ε and σ has been used credulously for formulating arguments that children may absorb higher level of microwave energy. - In computational calculations based on FDTD methods the models of heads have been taken from Visible Human Project provided high-resolution slices of a male cadaver but there is a problem with anatomically correct model of children head. Thus, numerical model of child head is received as a proportionally scaled down model of adult head, even it is underlined that exist significant disagreements of proportions of adult and child heads. The applicability of scaled down adult head for realistic absorption assessment of child head is questionable.

1. Assessing of the SAR The level of the energy absorbed in the body can be precisely described by the specific absorption rate (SAR [W/kg]). This parameter gives information about peak and mean energy absorbed inside the body. However, for living objects the assessing of SAR is not an easy task in calculations and especially by measuring. Numerical techniques, especially the finite-difference time-domain methods (FDTD), are the most useful techniques to calculate the SAR values. These methods offer different possibilities of calculations beginning from simple shapes of phantoms up to realistic models of adult organisms with particular body parts established by MRI techniques. Using the FDTD methods it is possible to predict whole body as well as localized value of SAR under a wide range of exposure conditions. The important disadvantage with FDTD methods introduced to lossy objects with complex shapes (animals and human) is that these methods should be verified with the measuring data. Attempts to validate the computer models must use phantoms and laboratory animals. There exist some methods of measuring of the SAR. However, it is not possible to measure values of SAR of human body in a direct way. This is because the most popular techniques base on the temperature or electric field strength (power absorbed) measured inside the body. The calorimetric or waveguide measuring techniques of energy absorbed can be used only for phantoms or small animals. Taking into account the above disadvantages with calculating and measuring of SAR of living organisms especially at different ages the main aim of the study was to develop the phantom method which can be verified by measured values of SAR of small living animals. The ellipsoidal phantom model has been designed to calculate the energy absorbed at different incident field conditions. It can be used for plane wave, typical for emission from base station antennas or for near-field from handset, as well as for different electrical parameters and geometrical sizes. The main advantage of the proposed method is that phantom is filled with liquid having real and imaginary permittivity (or conductivity) equivalent to averaged values over all animal body. Phantom models described in the literature were filled with stuff having electrical

128


parameters of muscle in spite of the fact that in the microwave band of frequency the significant part of energy is absorbed not by muscle but rather skin and by subdermic tissues. In the proposed attempt phantom with average value of ε’, ε” (or σ) is “seen” by incident microwave ray as an animal body and level of energy absorbed is adequate to total energy absorbed by whole animal. Mice were chosen for this investigation. The averaged values of ε’, ε” of whole mouse body were measured using the open-ended coaxial probe technique [5]. Calculations were realized with FDTD method. The validation of this phantom method has been done by measuring of SAR of living (anesthetized) mice in rectangular waveguides. Animals were of different ages, e.g. of 10 day-old, 30 day-old and 4 month-old (mature). The measurements have been realized “in vivo” conditions – mice were anesthetized for period of measurements. The value of rms of electric field strength incident to mouse was of 61,4 V/m (power density of 10 W/m2).

2. Measurements of Energy Absorbed by Animals The values of SAR were measured in rectangular waveguides in which animals were positioned at the maximum field of the TE10 mode. To improve the accuracy of measurements of the energy absorbed by the objects (PA) in rectangular waveguide a modification of the method by Guy et al. [4] has been designed. Proposed method has been developed for rectangular waveguide terminated with waveguide-coaxial junctions. In this method there is a need to measure fractions of power - transmitted and reflected - in the empty waveguide, as well as with waveguide with animal. Another requirement of this method is that all measurements must be realized with the same power incident (PIN). For the empty waveguide the sum of power can be expressed as follows: PIN = PT 0 + PR 0 + PW 0

(1)

while for waveguide with animal: PIN = PT + PR + PW 0 + PA

(2)

where: PIN - power incident to the waveguide-coaxial junction, PT0 - power transmitted to the terminal (next waveguide-coaxial junction), PR0 - power reflected, PW0 - power absorbed by the walls of waveguide, PT, PR - power transmitted and reflected with the animal in waveguide, PA - power absorbed by the animal. Taking into consideration the same value of power incident (PIN), the power absorbed by specimen (PA) can be calculated according an equation: PA = (PT 0 − PT ) + (PR 0 − PR )

(3)


129

The formula (3) allows calculating of the power absorbed by the animal as a function of power differences between empty waveguide and waveguide with animal measured at the same waveguide ports. The final formula of SAR is as follows: P ⎡W ⎤ SAR = A ⎢ ⎥ m ⎣ kg ⎦

(4)

where: m is the weight of animal. Two rectangular waveguides WR-975 and WR-650 were used for these measurements of power absorbed by animals in the band of 800 MHz up to 1800 MHz. The internal dimensions of waveguides in the waveguide cross-section were big enough comparing to longer axis of measured animal. Thus the only small animal can be measured using the waveguide methods. From this reason mice were used in this investigation. For frequencies upper than 1800 MHz rectangular waveguides are too narrow for such measurements even with small mice.

3. Validation of SAR Calculation Method Taking into account lack of anatomical model of mouse with particular body parts in this attempt ellipsoidal phantoms having suitable geometrical and electrical parameters equivalent to exposed mouse have been considered for calculations. In case of phantoms of mice the dimensions of ellipsoids (a×b×c) have been established to suit the geometry of animal. However, the most important task in this attempt is the information about permittivity (ε) and conductivity (σ) of phantom stuff. In the literature homogeneous phantoms having electrical parameters equivalent to electrical parameters of adult muscle are presented. Values of ε and σ of animals are rarely presented in the literature (mainly for one frequency) and refer to mature animals. For this study values of permittivity (ε) and conductivity (σ) of adult and young mice have been established by measuring. We decided to consider in evaluation not only the selected tissue (e.g. muscle) but rather the average values of ε and σ over all tissues. In this case the whole animal has been minced and values of ε and σ of such a homogeneous stuff have been measured. This model could be more suitable for assessing of the energy absorbed by whole animal because it includes not only muscle but also external tissues such skin, subdermic fat, bones. In fact, in microwave band of frequency external tissues such skin and subdermic fat play significant role in attenuating of electromagnetic energy. The method of measuring technique of ε’ and ε” using the open-ended coaxial probe (Hewlett Packard network analyzer) and method of preparing of homogeneous staff have been presented in [5]. These techniques have been adapted to measure the average value of ε’ and ε” of mice at different ages. The SAR values of ellipsoidal phantoms having average electrical parameters over all tissues of mice at different ages have been calculated using the FDTD method (the package CONCERTO, Vector Fields Ltd. [10]). The weights and dimensions of the ellipsoidal phantoms have been chosen to be comparable to mice weights. Calculations were realized for the same waveguide conditions of incident field as during measurements. Values of SAR have been calculated based on the electric field strength distribution inside the body (Ei), according the following formula:

130


SAR =

σEi2

(5)

ρ

where: Ei – rms value of the electric field strength inside the body, σ - conductivity of body, ρ - density of body. The obtained results have been presented in Figure 1.

A

B

0,8

0,8

0,6

0,6

0,4

0,4

0,2

0,2

0,0

0,0 0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6

1,8

0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

f [GHz]

1,6

1,8

f [GHz]

C 0,8

SAR meas (W/kg)

0,6

SAR cal (W/kg)

0,4

0,2

0,0 0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6

1,8

f [GHz] Figure 1. Measured values of SAR for anesthetized mice (SAR meas (W/kg)) and calculated values of SAR for ellipsoidal phantoms of averaged electrical properties (SAR cal (W/kg)) in waveguide conditions: Graph A – mice of 10 day-old, Graph B – mice of 30 day-old, Graph C – mice of 4 month-old [11]

In Fig. 1 calculated and measured values of SAR of young mice (of 10 day-old and 30 day-old) and mature mice (of 4 month-old) in rectangular waveguides have been presented in function of frequency [11]. Good agreement between measured and calculated data was obtained. The differences between calculated and measured graphs are much significant for higher frequency because geometrical sizes of animals are not

131


small enough comparing to the cross-section of waveguide. In this case higher part of microwave energy could be dissipated in waveguide walls.

4. Results of SAR Calculations in the Plane-Wave Condition This method of investigation has been introduced to assess of the SAR values for ellipsoidal phantoms exposed to plane-wave with vector of electric field parallel to the longer axis of ellipsoid. Obtained results of SAR have been presented in Figure 2 for phantoms of electrical properties equivalent to averaged electrical properties of 10 dayold, 30 day-old and 4 month-old mice. A

B

1,2

1,2

1,0

1,0

0,8

0,8

0,6

0,6

0,4

0,4

0,2

0,2

0,0

0,0 0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6

1,8

f [GHz]

0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6

1,8

f [GHz]

C 1,2 1,0 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0,0 0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6

1,8

f [GHz] Figure 2. SAR calculated for ellipsoidal phantoms of averaged electrical properties for plane-wave incident field: Graph A – mice of 10 day-old, Graph B – mice of 30 day-old, Graph C – mice of 4 month-old

5. Conclusions 1. The good agreement between measured SAR values of whole body animals and calculated values for ellipsoidal phantoms in waveguides proves that it is possible to use this model for assessing of the energy absorbed at different electromagnetic field conditions, eg. plane-wave and for different electrical parameters and geometrical sizes. 2. Values of SAR increase in function of frequency in the band of 0,8 – 1,8 GHz at the same electric filed strength incident. This tendency is significant in spite of decreasing values of ε’ and ε” vs. frequency. Lower values of ε’ and ε” lead to

132


lower level of energy reflected at the boundary “air-object” and higher level of microwave energy enters into the bod 3. Comparing waveguide (Figure 1) and plane-wave (Figure 2) exposure conditions it turned down that animals can absorb higher level of microwave energy in case of plane wave incident field. This is because in waveguide with the TE10 mode the electric field has cosine pattern and only central part of the animal is exposed to maximum of the field, while the remaining part of the body is exposed to lower value of electric field. At higher frequency when narrower waveguide must be used the significant part of the animal body is exposed to lower value of electric field. This causes lower value of SAR in the body in waveguide exposure conditions especially at higher frequency. 4. The main goal of this investigation was to study if young organisms absorb more microwave energy as it was suggested in the literature. The obtained data of SAR for mice at different ages does not confirm this suggestion and demonstrates that young mice absorb the same or even rather lower energy level as old (mature) animals.

References [1]

A. Christ, N. Kuster, Differences in RF energy absorption in the heads of adults and children, Bioelectromagnetics, Suppl. 7 (2005), S31-44. [2] O. P. Gandhi, G. Lazzi, C. M. Furse, Electromagnetic absorption in the human head and neck for mobile telephones at 835 and 1900 MHz, IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., vol. 44, no. 10 (1996), 1884-1897. [3] O. P. Gandhi, Gang Kang, Some present problems and a proposed experimental phantom for SAR compliance testing of cellular telephones at 835 and 1900 MHz, Phys. Med. Biol., vol. 47, no. 9 (2002),, 1501-1518. [4] A. W. Guy, J. Wallace, J. A. McDougall, Circularly polarized 2,450 MHz waveguide system for chronic exposure of small animals to microwaves, Radio Sci., vol. 14, no. 6S (1979), 63-74. [5] R. Kubacki, J. Sobiech, K. Wardak, The investigation of dielectric properties of young rabbit tissues in microwave frequencies, Proc. of Conference on Computational and Applied Electromagnetics, Maribor, 2005, 36-38. [6] A. Peyman, A.A. Rezazadeh, C. Gabriel, Changes in the dielectric properties of rat tissue as a function of age at microwave frequencies, Phys. Med. Biol., vol. 46, no. 6 (2001), 1617-1629. [7] E. Schonborn, M. Burkhardt, N. Kuster, Differences in energy absorption between heads of adults and children in the near field of sources, Health Phys. vol. 74, no. 2 (1998), 160-168. [8] M. Thurai, V. D. Goodridge, R. J. Sheppard, E. H. Grant, Variation with age of the dielectric properties of mouse brain cerebrum, Phys. Med. Biol., vol. 29, no. 9 ((1984), 1133-1136. [9] Independent Expert Group on Mobile Phones, Mobile Phones and Health, The Steward Report, National Radiological Protection Board, Chilton 2000, Available: http://www.iegmp.org.uk. [10] Concerto User Guide, Vector Fields Limited, Warsaw 2004. [11] R. Kubacki, J. Sobiech, The investigation of Specific Absorption Rate of microwaves in range of mobile and radar devices by young and mature mice, Proc. Int. Microwave Radars and Wireless Communications Conf., Krakow, (2006), 451-454.


133

A Dosimetric Study for Experimental Exposures of Vegetal Tissues to Radiofrequency Fields Simona MICLĂUŞ a1, Mihaela RĂCUCIU b a Land Forces Academy, Sibiu, Romania b University “Lucian Blaga”, Sibiu, Romania

Abstract. The paper aims to calculate the specific absorption rate (SAR) in a sample composed by a group of plant seeds exposed either to a very low-level 900MHz radiation or to a high level 2.45MHz radiation. The exposure systems were a TEM cell and a microwave oven respectively, and the incident electromagnetic wave was a continuous one. Since interesting biological effects were observed in both exposure cases after plantlets were developed from irradiated seeds, a proper dosimetric assessment was needed. In present work four dosimetric approaches were applied and the results, limitations and uncertainties are discussed. Keywords. RF exposure, plant seeds, specific absorption rate, experimental RF dosimetry.

Introduction Biological effects of radiofrequency (RF) field exposure at the level of vegetal tissue as a living object were not much investigated. However, environmental studies concerning electromagnetic field impact should take this into account. Besides humans and animals, the plants might be sensitive to low-level exposure as well, mostly on long-term. In the case of laboratory study on plants, one of the important aspects in biological effect analysis is related to a pertinent characterization of the exposure conditions and a high quality dosimetric assessment. In this respect, present paper aims to determine the RF absorbed power or specific absorption rate (SAR) into Zea mays seeds, exposed in two experimental cases: a) non-thermal exposure into a TEM cell at 900MHz; b) shortduration, high thermal exposure at 2.45 GHz. Three dosimetric approaches are applied and the limitations and uncertainties are discussed. The main experimental work focused on identification of the biological effects due to 900MHz RF exposure of Zea mays seeds, in early development stages of plantlets. For present work however, only the exposimetric and dosimetric analysis of these exposure experiments are made.

1 Corresponding author: “Nicolae Balcescu” Land Forces Academy, 3-5 Revolutiei St., 550170, Sibiu, Romania; E-mail: [email protected]

134

S. Micl˘au¸s and M. R˘acuciu / A Dosimetric Study for Experimental Exposures of Vegetal Tissues

1. Materials and Methods The first exposure and dosimetric system is composed by a TEM cell, a RF signal generator, two spectrum analyzers, a power sensor connected to one analyzer, and a second directional power sensor connected to the second analyzer. These power sensors allow measurement of the forward, reflected and transmitted powers into the sample inserted in the TEM cell (Figure 1). The sensors are used for determining the absorbed power into the sample, by the differential power technique [1], as a first dosimetric method. After absorbed power Pabs determination, SAR calculation is possible, by dividing Pabs to the sample mass. During irradiation, a non-perturbative, noninterferential thermal fluoroptic probe (model Luxtron One) was present in the sample body, in order to continuously monitor any temperature variation in the sample. The probe was connected to the computer with afferent data acquisition and processing software. The used irradiation signal was a continuous wave (CW) on f = 900MHz, with an input power Pin = 20mW that enters the TEM cell. The sample consisted on a number of 55 Zea mays seeds, each one dimensions of 7mm x 4mm x 4mm, uniformly spread in a polystyrene Petri dish with a diameter of 90mm, placed in the uniform field area of the TEM cell (half distance between septum and exterior conductor). The uniformity of the field in the irradiation area of the unloaded TEM cell was prior analyzed by using a computational method [2]. It is of big importance that the external field Eext in the irradiation area to be as uniform as possible. A second method for SAR assessment in the sample exposed inside the TEM cell at 900MHz CW was a theoretical one and more approximate, but still interesting for comparison and this was the semi-empirical relation for SAR calculation in the case of free space irradiation of a spheroidal biological model [1].

Figure1. Exposure and dosimetric set-up for the 900MHz low-level irradiation of Zea mays seeds in the TEM cell


135

The third theoretical dosimetric method is based on SAR calculation given by the formula: SAR =

σ ⋅ E2 ρ

(1)

where E is the rms value of the internal E-field in the seed, σ is its electrical conductivity and ρ is the mass density. The second exposure and dosimetric system is composed by a microwave oven (MO) with an incident power Pin’=800W at f’=2.45GHz and the fluoroptic nonperturbative temperature probe, connected to a computer enabled by the data acquisition software. This system gives a very high exposure and a high temperature increase of the sample, so only very short exposures were applied. The SAR was computed for one seed at once, by the method of temperature slope of the heating curve (the fourth dosimetric method), measured by the temperature probe which was inserted in a hole inside the seed, in good contact with the seed surface. A number of measurements were made for different seeds in the sample, and the average SAR calculated.With this method, the heating capacity of the seed, c s is needed for SAR estimation, but one has to take into account its variation with temperature, which is at all negligible in this case.

2. Results and Discussion 2.1. TEM Cell Exposure The incident power density Sin on the sample was theoretically calculated. Knowing the theoretical impedance of the cell, Z0 = 50Ω, the electric potential U between the TEM cell conductors may be calculated and then the theoretical incident E-field intensity. The distance between the septum and the outer conductor of the TEM cell being D = 0.23 m, finally the Sin is calculated: U = Pin ⋅ Z = 1V

(2)

E=

U = 4.34 V m D

(3)

S

=

in

E2 = 50 mW 2 Z m

(4)

0

During whole irradiation procedure in the TEM cell, no temperature elevation could be measured by the Luxtron one probe, and since it is a sufficient sensitive probe model, we could conclude that the irradiation was non-thermal. Further, the average SAR in the Zea mays seeds sample had to be determined.

136


By using the differential power method [1], we first determined the absorbed power in the unloaded TEM cell (no sample inside): Pabs1 = Pin − Pout − Pr

(5)

where: Pabs1 is the absorbed power in the unloaded TEM cell, Pin is the forward power, Pout is the output power and Pr is the reflected power (back). The three powers are measured by the power sensors connected to spectrum analyzers. In a similar way, the absorbed power is determined when the sample is inserted in the TEM cell (Petri dish + seeds inside), and this is called Pabs2. The Pabs3 is then determined and it represents the absorbed power when only the Petri dish is present in the cell (empty Petri dish). Finally, the absorbed power in the ensemble (sample) of 55 seeds is determined as: Pabs = Pabs 2 − Pabs1 − Pabs 3

(6)

In the experimental case, when a series of 8 determinations were applied on 8 different samples, the absorbed power wasdetermined to be: Pabs = 0.008 ± 0.004 mW

(7)

While the sample mass of the 55 seeds was m = 8.35±0.42 g, the average SAR value experimentally determined was: SAR =

P

abs

m

= 0.95 ± 0.5 mW

kg

(8)

Due to the fact that the measured powers are very low and near to the precision level of the measurement systems, one should carefully take this aspect into account. From this point of view it is advisable that the Pin to be increased for a more reliable result. Comparing the obtained value of SAR with the ICNIRP guidelines values to the population safety for whole body average SAR which is 80mW/kg, the value we obtained here is much lower, and is of the order of magnitude of general environmental induced SAR levels in the 900 MHz band. Nevertheless, this SAR level induced some interesting biological effects in plants developed from the irradiated seeds [3]. Theoretical calculation: By using the semi-empirical formula for a spheroidal model of one seed, we could assess in a second way the average SAR in the sample. For an incident power density of 1 mW/cm² and an E-polarization, when a plane wave impinges the model having the long semi-axis a and the short semi-axis b (in meters), the SAR in the spheroid (seed) can be calculated by the formula given in paragraph 5.1.1. of [1]:


137

⎤ ⎡ ⎛ f2 ⎞ ⎛f ⎞ ⎜ ⎟ A 1 2 ⎢1 + A 3 ⎜ ⎟ u (f − f 01 ) + A 4 A 5 ⎜ 2 ⎟u (f − f 02 )⎥ ⎜f ⎟ f 0 ⎣⎢ ⎝ f0 ⎠ ⎝ 0 ⎠ ⎦⎥ SAR ⎛⎜ W ⎞⎟ = 2 kg ⎝ ⎠ 2 ⎛ f2 ⎞ 3 f 10 2 + A 2 ⎜ 2 − 1⎟ ⎜f ⎟ f0 ⎝ 0 ⎠

(9)

f

(

2

)

with u (f − f 01 ) si u f − f 02 functions of the form:

⎧0 if f < f 01 u (f − f01 ) = ⎨ ⎩1 if f > f 01

(10)

f0 represents the resonance frequency of the model, and is given by:

[

(

f 0 (Hz ) = 2.75 × 10 8a + π a + b 8

2

2

2

2

)]

−1

2

(11)

For the calculation of f 01 and f02 , we used: 2

⎛a⎞ ⎛a⎞ = −0.421a + 1.239 + 1.090a − 0.295⎜ ⎟ + 0.020⎜ ⎟ f0 b ⎝b⎠ ⎝b⎠

f01

a

3

2

2

⎛a⎞ 3 = 21.800a + 0.502 − 50.810a − 0.068⎜ ⎟ + 34.120a f0 b b ⎝ ⎠

f02

(12)

a

2

(13)

And constants A1 … A 5 are given by: A1 = −0.994 − 10.690a + 0.172

a b

+ 0.739a

A 2 = −0.914 + 41.400a + 399.170

A 3 = 4.822a − 0.084

a b

a b

−1

+ 5.660

− 1.190a

−1

a b

(14)

2

− 2.141

a b

2

(15)

2

2

⎛a⎞ 3 ⎟ + 5.369a ⎝b⎠

− 8.733a + 0.0016⎜

(16)

138

S. Micl˘au¸s and M. R˘acuciu / A Dosimetric Study for Experimental Exposures of Vegetal Tissues 2

⎛a⎞ 3 A 4 = 0.335a + 0.075 − 0.804a − 0.0075⎜ ⎟ + 0.640a b ⎝b⎠ a

A5 = ε

−

2

(17)

1 4

(18)

ε 20

where ε 20 is the complex permittivity at 20GHz. For the Zea mays seed spheroidal model, we considered: a = 3.5mm and b = 2mm. The calculated resonance frequency is: f0 = 17.2 GHz. Then, f01 f0

= 1.45 and

f02 f0

= 0.747

(19)

A1 = 5162.91 and A 2 = 1515.65

(20)

These give the average SAR per 1mW/cm2: SAR norm = 9.4 × 10

−3

W

In our case in the TEM cell Sin = 50 mW SAR = 0.047 mW

kg

(21)

kg

m

2

, so the average SAR in one seed is:

(22)

This value is however affected by significant uncertainties. First, the semiempirical formula is known to give an uncertainty of up to 15% and it was only validated on animal tissues. Furthermore, the Sin is calculated here in ideal conditions, then the hypothesis that the E-field in the TEM cell is E-polarized regarding the seed position is not true, then only part of the incident power density impinge the seed itself, part of it being dissipated in the dielectric material of the Petri dish. To conclude, the uncertainty for this type of calculation is difficult to assess. An alternative theoretical assessment of SAR in a seed needs the determination of the internal E-field induced inside. While this was experimentally impossible (lack of devices), we presumed that ½ of the incident E-field will be present in the seed, which we estimate to be close to reality. So we took Eint = 2V/m. In order to have a prediction of the manner in which the E-field is attenuating through the seed, we calculated the penetration depth at 900MHz. This gives the depth in a semi-infinite plane biological material (in our case corn seed material) for which the internal E-field becomes 1/e (i.e. 0.368) of its value at incidence. The penetration depth (in meters) is given by:


(

δ = 67.52

f

)⋅ [

' 2 " 2 ' −1 ( ε r ) + (ε r ) − ε r ] 2

139

(23)

where f is expressed in MHz and εr’ = 3.8; εr” = 1.1 for Zea mays at f = 900MHz [4], [5]. In this case, we obtained δ = 19cm, which shows that on the whole volume of the seed, one can consider that the internal field is almost constant (in the semi-infinite planar assumption). From [5] the conductivity and mass density where extracted: σ = 0.055 S/m (for f = 900MHz) and ρ = 1320kg. With these, we obtained: SAR = 0.16 mW

(24)

kg

2.2. Microwave Oven Exposure In the case of short and intense exposures, SAR can be calculated from the thermal slope of the heating curve a heat = ΔT and by knowing the specific heat of the t sample cs:

( )

SAR = cs ΔT

t

= cs a heat

(25)

For Zea mays, cs = 1750-3690 J/kg.K [5], depending on the humidity degree of the seed and on temperature. Form the heating curves of the seeds giving by Luxtron One probe readings, we get aheat = 8.5±1.5 grdC/s. The heating duration was 10s per seed. While using a mean value of cs = 3000J/kg.K, we get: SAR = 25.5 ± 4.5 kJ

kg

K

(26) This result is also affected by a high uncertainty, since the specific heat variation with temperature is need to be known (and neglected here), for the experimental seed sample that is used. In this high exposure cases, due to high temperature variations, SAR is greatly dependent on temperature, on very short time durations. This implies a very complicated biochemistry mechanism at the chemical reaction kinetics level. The SAR value we get here is only order of magnitude informative and shows the importance of refinement of dosimetric assessment. 3. Conclusion Low level irradiation by RF electromagnetic fields of vegetal tissue for biological effects assessment needs a sensitive dosimetric evaluation. Generally, high quality dosimetry deserves a well-characterized exposure system and suitable methods and techniques for SAR determination. Moreover, the vegetal samples dielectric properties need a reliable characterization, since they highly influence both internal field level and distribution, and temperature dependence of SAR. In present case, the dielectric

140


properties of the Zea mays material are influenced both by moisture content, by frequency of used field, temperature, density and bulk density and by plant variety. First part of the work should focus on analyzing the dielectrical parameters and needs special devices for measuring these, since literature data is hardly available on this issue. In our paper we used only approximate values for these parameters, as found in literature. In the second step, the uniformity of the incident field along the sample area should be investigated, if possible both theoretically (simulations) and experimentally (measurements). This step needs dedicated software for modeling-simulation of the exposure environment and high precision, miniature E-field probes respectively, to map the field distribution. In the case when a thermal shift may be measured in the exposed sample, non-perturbative thermal probes are suitable. When the temperature variation can not be detected by such an instrument, an alternative method is to be applied for power deposition quantification. In our study, the differential power technique was used, but since the powers are very low, comparable to the precision level of the instruments, uncertainty is pretty high. While TEM cell offers very similar to far-field exposure conditions (anechoic room), with a good uniformity of the field in the exposure area, it requires sensitive devices for a reliable absorbed power evaluation when the irradiation is non-thermal. Most of RF signals generators need amplifiers in order to produce thermal levels of exposure. When wide band amplification is needed, the price of the amplifiers becomes prohibitive. A cheap variant for high power level irradiation is by using a microwave oven, with the condition that the sample volume to be very small, so as the field nonuniformity inside the oven to be minimized. In this case, good dosimetric results may be obtained by using the non-perturbative fluoroptic thermal probe. However, since at such high power levels the sample is heating extremely fast, and since the specific heat of the sample is usually highly dependent on temperature, a precise SAR calculation is also difficult to get, from this point of view. A heating rate of approximately 8 0C/s, as in our experimental case, needs a very rapid response of the thermal probe, in order to gain precise results. The precision of SAR calculation when very low or very high RF exposure conditions are applied, needs further refinement. As for present paper, the three methods used for SAR evaluation in non-thermal irradiation condition at 900MHz give a standard deviation of 127%, when average SAR in the Zea mays seeds is 0.38 mW/kg. On the other hand, in high level exposure conditions, at 2.45 GHz, SAR estimation uncertainty is of about 72% for an average SAR of 25.5kJ/kg in Zea mays seeds. References [1] [2]

[3]

[4]

Radiofrequency Radiation Dosimetry Handbook, eds: C.H. Durney, H. Massoudi, M.F. Iskander, , 4th Edition, USAFSAM-TR-85-73, Brooks AFB, Texas, USA, 7.4-7.14, 1996. M. Morega, S. Miclaus, Electromagnetic environment generated in a TEM cell for biological dosimetry applications, ISEF 2007 – XIII International Symposium on Electromagnetic Fields in Mechatronics, Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Prague, Czech Republic, September 13-15, 2007. M. Racuciu, S. Miclaus, UHF radiofrequency electromagnetic field influence on vegetal tissue at molecular level, 8TH International Congress of the European Bioelectromagnetics Association (EBEA), Bordeaux, France, 10-13 April 2007. Asabe Standard: Dielectric Properties of Grain and Seed, Nelson S.O., et al., American Society for Agricultural and Biological Engineers, AE D293.2, JUN1989, R - 2005.

S. Micl˘au¸s and M. R˘acuciu / A Dosimetric Study for Experimental Exposures of Vegetal Tissues [5]

141

Z. Hlavacova, Utilization of electric properties of granular and powdery materials, Int. Agrophysics, 19, (2005) 209-213.

Acknowledgement. Present work is part of a research project developed at Land Forces Academy in Sibiu, under the Contract no. CEEX 05-D11-54/2005 granted by Romanian Ministry of Education and Research.

142


Non-thermal, Continuous and Modulated RF Field Effects on Vegetal Tissue Developed from Exposed Seeds Mihaela RĂCUCIU a1, Simona MICLĂUŞ b and Dorina E. CREANGĂ c a University “Lucian Blaga”, Sibiu, Romania b Land Forces Academy, Sibiu, Romania c University “Al. I. Cuza”, Iasi, Romania

Abstract. The present paper aims to search possible differences in effects due to low-level RF exposure to continuous wave in comparison to modulated RF field on the same carrier frequency, in vegetal tissues. This experimental study was focused on determination of some representative parameters for development of an agricultural plant species, Zea mays, whose seeds were previously exposed to non-thermal RF field in the 900MHz band, in controlled conditions. Incident lowlevel continuous wave, amplitude modulated and frequency modulated signals were applied, while pigments concentration of chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b, carotenoids, nucleic acid concentration and average length of the plants in the 12th day of development post-irradiation, were measured. A “thermal” reference constituted a very short duration exposure of one sample of seeds to 2.45 GHz high thermal field, while control unexposed sample was the absolute reference. The effects were different for continuous and modulated signals, but modulation has generally a lower impact in low-level exposures, and this was predictable Keywords. RF field, vegetal tissue, photo-assimilatory pigments, nucleic acids.

Introduction Numerous experiments proved that modulated high-level RF fields have biological effects and that modulation is an important factor [1] - [3]. Tkalec et al. [4] reported that the growth of plants exposed to continuous 900MHz electromagnetic field was significantly decreased in comparison with the control, while a modulated field at 900MHz strongly inhibited the growth in the Lemna minor, suggesting that investigated electromagnetic fields might influence plant growth. The same researchers [5] observed that the electromagnetic field frequencies of 400 and 900MHz for 2 hours generally increased photosynthesis rate of the Chlorella kessleri algae. Also, the 400MHz frequency of the electromagnetic field decreased respiration rate while 900MHz increased it. The germination rate and root length did not change significantly after 900MHz electromagnetic field exposure, but modulated field significantly of a longer exposure time (4 hours) increased mitotic index compared to corresponding controls in the 1 Corresponding author: University “Lucian Blaga”, Faculty of Science, Physics Dept., 5-7 Dr.I.Ratiu St., 550024, Sibiu, Romania,; E-mail: [email protected]

M. R˘acuciu et al. / Non-Thermal, Continuous and Modulated RF Field Effects

143

Allium cepa seeds case [6]. Sandu et al. [7] studied the 400MHz electromagnetic field influence on the black locust (Robinia pseudoacacia) seedlings. Chlorophyll a as well as chlorophyll b level was found to decrease and chlorophyll ratio was decreasing logarithmically to the increase of daily exposure time on the electromagnetic field. Some experimenters have reported effects that depend on amplitude modulation at low levels of RF exposure, but however the effects remain isolated to particular in vitro systems. Although a few experiments have been repeated successfully in independent laboratories, others have not, and the question of whether modulation is important for biological effects remains open. In this respect, present paper aims to search possible differences in effects due to low-level RF exposure to continuous wave in comparison to modulated RF field on the same carrier frequency, in vegetal tissues.

1. Materials and Methods The experimental work focused on determination of some representative parameters for development of an agricultural plant species, Zea mays, whose seeds were previously exposed to non-thermal RF field in the 900MHz band, in controlled conditions. Incident low-level continuous wave (CW), amplitude modulated (AM) and frequency modulated (FM) signals were applied, while pigments concentration of chlorophyll a (Chl a), chlorophyll b (Chl b), carotenoids (Car), nucleic acid concentration (NA) and average length (AL) of the plants in the 12th day of development post-irradiation, were measured. A “thermal” reference constituted a very short duration exposure of one sample of seeds to 2.45 GHz high thermal field, while control unexposed sample was the absolute reference. Quantitative insight in the molecular mechanisms involved in the complex phenomena of plants growth was carried out by means of spectrophotometrical assays. We chose Chl a, Chl b and Car pigments as indicators, since they are photosynthetic pigments found in most plants, and their presence is a requirement for photosynthesis process. While Chl a is the main photosynthesis pigment, directly involved in the solar energy conversion into chemical energy, the Chl b and Car are the accessory pigments involved in the photosynthesis process, with a very consistent role in the sustaining of photosynthesis efficiency, by means of the absorbed energy transfer to Chl a molecules and Car pigments are anti-oxidants and efficient free-radical scavengers. Nucleic acids (NA) are directly responsible for the cell and tissue development either in photosynthetic plants or animal and microorganisms, while AL indicates the general stimulatory or inhibitory action of the electromagnetic radiation. The chlorophylls ratio (Chl a/ Chl b) is known as an indirect indicator of the energetic activity of Light Harvesting Complex II (LHC II) system that is controlling the first stage of solar energy conversion into its chemical form. Exposure to RF field was applied to seeds only (having a rather uniform genophond), before germination process. The Petri dishes containing 70 seeds each, were exposed for 24 hours inside a TEM cell (model IFI CC-104SEXX), which was supplied from a RF signal generator (model Hameg HM 3184-3) (Figure 1). Sample no.1 received a CW of f=900 MHz, level 7dBm; sample no.2 received an AM signal (fc=900MHz, AM mod=sqrt; level 7dBm; f mod = 20 kHz); sample no.3 received an AM signal (fc=900MHz, AM mod=sqrt; level 7dBm; f mod = 10Hz); sample no.4 received an FM signal (fc=900MHz, FM mod=sqrt; level 7dBm; FM f mod = 10Hz), sample no.5 received an FM signal (fc=900MHz, FM mod=sqrt; level 7dBm; FM f

144


mod = 10Hz; gate signal). Besides low-level exposure, another sample, sample no.6 received a powerful CW signal of f=2.45 GHz inside a microwave oven, at P= 800W, for 5 seconds, with measured heating curve. Incident field in the TEM cell was uniform, at the value (rms) of Einc=2.17 V/m, i.e. a power density Sinc=0.012 W/m2. The absorbed RF power (or SAR) was both calculated and measured. For measurements, a fiber optic Luxtron One probe was used (to show lack of heating in TEM cell exposures or to measure the heating curve slope, in the case of microwave oven). For TEM cell exposures, the differential power method was applied, by using two power sensors (one of them bidirectional - by Rhode & Schwarz) connected to two spectrum analyzers (FSH 3 model, by Rhode& Schwarz).

Figure 1. Schematic figure of exposure set-up

Irradiated seeds germination occurred on porous paper support, in darkness and closed Petri dishes, environmental conditions being kept under peer control, temperature and moisture levels being 24.00C and 90% humidity respectively. After germination the young plantlets development was conducted in the same controlled laboratory conditions (t=22.0±0.50C, illumination -10h: 14h light/dark cycle and 70% humidity) and the culture medium of young plantlets was daily supplied with the same amount of deionized water. Plant individual length of the 12 days plantlets old was measured and germination percentage was determined as well. The average lengths and the standard deviations were calculated for each batch of seeds. For both RF field exposed samples and controls, the biological material was harvested from the entire green tissue mass obtained by mixing up all plantlets grown within a Petri dish. For spectrophotometric measurements a CINTRA 5 spectrophotometer UV-VIS provided with quartz cells was used. After 12 days of plants growth, the assay of the assimilatory pigments extracts in 80% acetone was performed following the Lichtenthaler & Welburn’s method [8], while the assay of nucleic acids level accordingly to a modified Spirin’s method [9-10] was carried out: spectrophotometric measurements were performed at the wavelengths of: 663nm, 646nm and 470nm (versus acetone 80%) for the assay of chlorophylls


145

(Chla, Chlb) and carotenoids pigments (Car) from green tissues and respectively at 260nm and 280nm (versus perchloric acid 6%) in the case of nucleic acids. For the calculation of photosynthetic pigments the Eqs. (1), (2) and (3) were applied while in the case of nucleic acids calibration curves (based on the spectral readings to the mentioned wavelengths).

Chla (μg / g) = (12.21⋅ E 663 − 2.81⋅ E 646 )

V d⋅w

Chlb(μg / g ) = (20.13 ⋅ E 646 − 5.03 ⋅ E 663 )

(1)

V d⋅w

Car (μg / g) = (100 ⋅ E 470 − 3.27 ⋅ Chla − 104 ⋅ Chlb)

(2) V 227 ⋅ d ⋅ w

(3)

where w is the fresh vegetal sample mass, V is the extract volume (in 80% acetone), E λ is the light extinction to the wavelength λ and d is the quartz cell width. Statistic analysis of the experimental data resulted from the three repetitions of the spectrophotometrical analysis, was accomplished by means of ANOVA test - applied using MsExcell soft package - to evaluate reliability of modifications induced by RF field into the exposed samples in comparison to the control ones as well as among the samples corresponding to different exposure, considering the significance criterion of 0.05.

2. Results and Discussions

Theoretical and experimental dosimetry indicated that in the case of non-thermal exposures in the TEM cell, SARlow3 m. It is shown that the magnetic field reduction is uniformly distributed, according to design requirements. As regards the LV cables feeding the board, a considerable field reduction was obtained by using a 2 mm copper shield (2.5 m long, 0.4 m wide) enclosing the cable trunking and by using an optimized layout of phase conductors (the so-called trefoil arrangement).

154

P. Alotto et al. / 3D Modelling of Extremely Low Frequency Thin Conducting Screens

Figure 3. Shielding factor on the plane yz.

The magnetic shield simulated by the integral method was built by welding two 1.75 m x 3 m wide, 2 mm thick copper plates, installed as shown in Figure 4. In order to test the reliability of the developed procedure computed field rms values were compared with those measured on the same positions. These values were measured along lines, located 0.2 m and 0.8 m above the floor of the shielded room, on the vertical plane yz depicted in Figure 1. Figure 5 and Figure 6 show that computed and measured field intensity values at different heights are in good agreement. In that case uncertainties on computed values depend mainly on the approximation in estimating current loads and locations of electric devices inside the substation. The actual attenuation level provided by the magnetic shield, almost uniformly distributed, is about 60 %.

Figure 4. Magnetic shield installed above the MV/LV transformers.


155

-6

4.5

x 10

B RMS con schermo 4

B RMS senza schermo B RMS misurato

3.5

mod(B) [T]

3

U

U

V

V

W

W

2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5 0

0

2

4

6

8 s [m]

10

12

14

16

Figure 5. Measured and computed field rms values at 0.20 m height above the floor.

U

U

V

V

W

W

Figure 6. Measured and computed field rms values at 0.80 m height above the floor.

Conclusion A novel integral procedure has been used successfully to analyse the effectiveness of conducting laminations for industrial shielding applications. By using the developed approach the intrinsic complexity of shielding problems can be accounted for much more easily. Besides, the duration of the design process can be significantly reduced.

156


The integral procedure has been used to design a metallic shield to be installed inside a MV/LV substation. Field reduction targets have been addressed properly, despite the complexity of the modelled system. Comparisons between experimental and computed results have shown that the proposed method is both fast and accurate.

References [1] O. Bottauscio et al., Some considerations about environmental ELF magnetic field reduction, Proc. of the 8th International IGTE Symposium, Graz (AU), pp. 275-280, 1998.

[2] L. Hasselgreen, E. Moller, Y. Hamnerius, Calculation of magnetic shielding of a substation at power frequency using FEM, IEEE Trans. on Power Delivery, vol. 9, pp. 1398-1405, July 1994.

[3] A. Canova, A. Manzin, M. Tartaglia, Evaluation of different analytical and semi-analytical methods [4] [5] [6]

for the design of ELF magnetic field shields, IEEE Trans. on Industrial Applications, vol. 38, pp. 788-796, May/June 2002. P. Alotto, M. Guarnieri, F. Moro, A boundary integral formulation on unstructured dual grids for eddy current analysis in thin shields, IEEE Trans. on Magnetics, vol.43, pp. 1173-1176, April 2007. Lin Xu, Yaping Du, Zhengcai Fu., Magnetic shielding by large metallic structure in modern buildings, Proc. of 3rd International Symposium on EMC, 58, 755-758, 2002. DPCM 8 Luglio 2003, Fissazione dei limiti di esposizione, dei valori di attenzione e degli obiettivi di qualità per la protezione della popolazione dalle esposizioni ai campi elettrici e magnetici alla frequenza di rete (50 Hz) generati dagli elettrodotti, Gazzetta Ufficiale, n. 200, 29-8-2003 (in italian).


157

The Influence of Shape of the Body on SAR Coefficient in the Biological Object Katarzyna CIOSK a, 1, Andrzej KRAWCZYK b, 2 a Kielce University of Technology, Poland b Central Institute for Labour Protection, Department of Bioelectromagnetics, Poland

Abstract. The paper presents results of SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) calculations in different spheroid biological objects. The aim of the study was to trace the influence of body geometry on the value of the whole-body SAR. The biological model that has been taken into account is a prolate spheroid. The spheroid is an isotropic lossy dielectric. The mass of the bodies were taken was constant. The external medium was assumed to be free space and the excitation as a uniform plane wave. The calculations were carried out for two cases of polarization. The simulations were done at 900 MHz and 1800 MHz frequency. The values of the SAR were calculated based on the calculating of the electric field strength distribution inside the body using semi-analytical method. Keywords. SAR, electromagnetic field, biological object, spheroid

Introduction The wireless technology relies upon an extensive network of base stations, relaying information with radiofrequency (RF) signals. Cellular communication systems require the use of many base stations located throughout a service area and it is necessary to install antenas on residential and public buildings. The growth in wireless mobile communications has created public concern about the health effects of organism exposed to electromagnetic field from the base station antennas. An important motivation for researchers is to gain a detailed understanding of the power absorption inside the body. For assessing exposure from transmitters, the most useful quantity is SAR (Specific Absorption Rate). SAR calculations or measurements can be used for accurate human exposure assessment in close proximity to base station antennas.

Katarzyna Ciosk, Kielce University of Technology, Al. 1000 lecia P.P. 7, 25-314 Kielce, Poland, E-mail: [email protected] Andrzej Krawczyk, Central Institute for Labour Protection, Department of Bioelectromagnetics,Warsaw,Poland, E-mail: [email protected], ul. Czerniakowska 16, 00-701 Warszawa, Poland, E-mail: [email protected] 1

2

158

K. Ciosk and A. Krawczyk / The Influence of Shape of the Body on SAR Coefficient

The SAR describes the energy absorbed by biological object. This parameter is the quantity which determines the thermal effect in the biological tissue subjected to the electromagnetic field. And thus, it is possible to determine electromagnetic hazard coming from various sources, both industrial and environmental. SAR takes into account the incident field parameters and also geometry and electrical properties of the body subjected to electromagnetic field. The SAR gives much more important information about exposure conditions than the electric parameters of electromagnetic field such electric field strength, magnetic field strength or power density. That is why, the calculation of the SAR becomes a target for many computational centers [1], [2]. The SAR has been introduced as the basis for ANSI excposure standard [3]. The whole-body SAR is defined by

∫∫∫ P

V

SAR WB =

dV

V

(1)

M

where: PV – density of power absorbed in the body [W/m3], M – mass of the body [kg]. Value of SAR depends on the incident field parameters such the intensity, polarization [4] and frequency [5]. The absorption of electromagnetic wave depends also on parameters of object such as size, shape and orientation. SAR is higher when the body is more perpendicular than parallel to an incident field. It is also higher when the cross section of the body perpendicular to the incident magnetic field is larger. This paper aims at finding how SAR distribution depends on the shape of object. The biological model that has been taken into account is a prolate spheroid. The mass of object was assumed as constant. The simulations were done at GSM frequencies 900 MHz and 1800 MHz using semi-analytical method. Geometry of the spheroid body is determined by ratio h :

h=

a l

(2)

where a is major axis and l is minor axis of spheroid as shown in Figure1 .

l

Figure 1. Schematic diagram of spheroid model


159

Method of Calculations To trace the influence of body geometry on the value of the whole-body SAR the calculation was made. The values of the SAR were calculated based on the calculating of the electric field strength distribution inside the body. The model as a prolate spheroid with major axis l , minor axis a is shown in Fig.1. The spheroid is an isotropic lossy dielectric. The spheroid body mass was assumed as constant. The relative permittivity ε’-jε” and the conductivity of tissue depend on frequency [6]. European Standard EN-50361 [7] establishes values of ε, γ for phantom liquid at mobile frequency band 300 – 3000MHz to be used in SAR calculations. The simulations were done for GSM frequencies used in mobile telephony: 900 MHz and 1800 MHz. The external medium is assumed to be free space. Time-harmonic fields with the timedependence ejωt as a uniform plane wave are suppressed. The rms value of the electric field strength incident was 61,4 V/m. The calculations were carried out for two cases of polarization. At polarization E the long axis of the body is parallel to the electric field vector while at polarisation H the long axis of the object is parallel to the magnetic field vector. The values of the SAR were calculated using semi-analytical method. The method of calculations at polarisation H was described in [8] and the method of calculations at polarisation E was described in [9]. The electromagnetic field is described by Maxwell’s equations and they were solved by semi-analytical method solution of the problem. The method enables investigating of the internal structure of the coefficient. The correctness of this method has been verified by an experiment made on spheroid phantom [9]. The spheroid object was filled up the phantom, corresponding to biological tissues in accordance with European standard CENELEC for phantoms subjected to the GSM-frequency electromagnetic radiation. The method requires a short calculation time and a small PC memory. It is possible to trace the influence of different parameters of object as well as electromagnetic parameters of field, such as frequency and polarization on the value of SAR. The relative complex permittivity data is compiled from [6].

Calculation Results To demonstrate the influence of the shape of the body on SAR the computations was made. The mass of the bodies were taken was constant M = 20g.The major axis and minor axis of the spheroid were corresponding to ratio h (2). The calculations were carried out for two frequencies 900 MHz and 1800 MHz and two cases of polarization. Figure 2 shows the distributions of the SAR at polarization H. The value of SAR grows with ratio h and is grater at polarization E than that of polarization H. In Figure 3 are shown the results of calculations of the SAR at polarization E. For E polarization SAR increases as an object becomes longer and thinner, and decreases as it becomes shorter and fatter. SAR is higher when the body is more perpendicular than parallel to an incident field. It is also higher when the cross section of the body perpendicular to the incident magnetic field is larger.

160


0.45 0.4 1800 MHz 0.35

SAR [W/kg]

0.3 0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 900 MHz 0.05 0

0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4 h

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

Figure 2. Distribution of SAR at polarisation H

1

SAR [W/kg]

0.8

0.6 1800MHz 0.4

900MHz

0.2

0 0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6 h

0.7

0.8

Figure 3. Distribution of SAR at polarisation E

Conclusions The SAR distribution in the spheroid biological model is treated by employing semianalytical techniques. The calculation result has been presented for frequencies 900MHz and 1800 MHz and two polarizations. According to the result we can find out that SAR depends on geometry of the body. It is thus crucial to take into account the body size and parameters of the external field to establish relationships between


161

biological effects that occur in lab animals and the corresponding effects that might occur in humans at a given incident field.

References [1] [2] [3]

[4] [5] [6]

[7] [8]

[9]

C. H. Durney, D. A Christensen: Basic Introduction to Bioelectromagnetics, CRC Press 2000. C. Furse, S. Hagness, U. Jakobus (eds): ACES Journal, Special Issue on Computational Bioelectromagnetics, vol. 16, no.1, 2001. American National Standards Institute 95.1 Safety levels with respect to human exposure to radio frequency electromagnetic fields, 300 kHz to 100 GHz, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, New York 1982. Ciosk K., Krawczyk A., Kubacki R.: The influence of the electromagnetic wave parameters on SAR coefficient ISEF’05-International Symposium, September 2005, Baiona, Spain. Ciosk K., Krawczyk A: The influence of the electromagnetic wave frequency on SAR in biological object., EHE’06, Madeira, pp.2.97-2.100. R. Kubacki at al., Comparison of Numerical and Measurement Methods of SAR of Ellipsoidal Phantoms with Muscle Tissue Electrical Parameters, ISEF’05- International Symposium September 2005, Baiona, Spain European Standard –EN50361, Basic standard for measurement of Specific Absorption Rate related to human exposure to electromagnetic fields from mobile phones (300MHz-3GHz) CENELEC July 2001. Ciosk K. at al., On SAR evaluation in the model of human head subjected to radiofrequency electromagnetic field, w: Electromagnetic fields in electrical engineering (ed. A. Krawczyk i S. Wiak), IOS Press, Amsterdam 2002. Ciosk, A. Krawczyk, R. Kubacki, The comparison of phantom model and simulation results in SAR analysis, in: Computer Engineering in Applied Electromagnetism (ed. S. Wiak, A. Krawczyk, M. Trlep), Springer, 2005.

162


A Transmission Line Scale Model for Characterizing Electric and Magnetic Fields Jaime ESTACIO a, Adolfo ESCOBAR a,1, Guillermo APONTE a, Héctor CADAVID a a Grupo de Investigación en Alta Tensión, Universidad del Valle, Colombia

Abstract. A high-voltage transmission-line scale model can be used as a design tool to determine both the electric and magnetic field distribution around the line. A scale model allows to evaluate changes in phase arrangement and current variations, and to assess the different mitigation techniques to reduce the electric and magnetic field levels. In this paper, the development and construction of a 115-kV transmission-line scale model is presented. The experimental results were compared with calculated values, showing a good agreement. Keywords. Transmission line, electric and magnetic fields, scale model.

Introduction Electric power transmission and distribution lines have been in use for about 100 years. Since 1970, the concern about that the electric and magnetic fields from power lines and other sources could affect the health of exposed individuals has been increased. Prior to 1982, electric fields were the main concern; but with the publication of one paper by Wertheimer and Leeper [1], and the subsequent appearance of papers from other sources, serious concerns have developed about magnetic field exposure. Public concern about fields emitted from transmission lines has resulted in significant opposition to the construction and upgrading of new power transmission facilities. Also, ground level electric and magnetic fields from overhead transmission lines are critical parameters for considering in the right of way specification. Electric and magnetic fields around power transmission lines have been assessed before [2, 3]. However, precise calculation of these fields distribution under power lines is of great importance [4, 5] and should be elaborated on. Both the electric and magnetic fields produced by transmission lines present special characteristics. These fields are affected by power system conditions (voltage and current), phase arrangement, line height, and phase spacing. Therefore, it is difficult to characterize the field distribution when one or several parameters have changed. To evaluate both the electric and magnetic field distribution, a transmissionline scale model was designed and built. The scale model allows to modify the geometric and operating conditions, and to assess mitigation techniques. 1 Corresponding Author: Adolfo Escobar, Grupo de Investigación en Alta Tensión GRALTA, Universidad del Valle, Calle 13 No. 100-00, Edificio 356, Cali, Colombia; E-mail: [email protected]

J. Estacio et al. / A Transmission Line Scale Model

163

1. Development of the Transmission Line Scale Model To investigate the electric and magnetic field distribution, it is useful to use a scale model of power transmission line because of different advantages. The scale model: • • • • •

Permits the data acquisition in a wide area and in locations where it would be impossible to measure in real power transmission line. Could be used to accumulate large amounts of test data in a short time. Can be used as a design tool in the development stage. Allows easily change the line-operating and geometric conditions. Is useful to assess physically any event in the line.

One of the most important factors at the moment of choosing a suitable scale is the measurement process in the model; if a very-small scale model is used, additional measurement elements could be necessary and these elements could influence the results. Other factor is that the transmission tower scale model should allow variations in phase height and spacing; if the model is small, these variations will be almost imperceptible at the moment of evaluating the field distribution. According to the geometric characteristics of a typical 115-kV transmission line in the Colombian electric system, it was decided to use a scale factor of 1:20. This factor was determined by the tower height and the measurement area to be evaluated. In accordance with this, the scale-model tower height was about 1.7 meters (see Figure 1). In the same way, the voltage and current levels to supply the transmission-line scale model were reduced to 1/20 in scale.

Figure 1. 115-kV transmission-line scale model

164


1.1. Design Characteristics The structure of the scale-model transmission towers was made of steel. This material is similar to the used in the real transmission towers. The structure has holes in the sides, spaced each 2-cm, to allow vary the line height between 0.7 and 1.4 meters (corresponding to 14 and 28 meters for real power transmission lines). Also, the structure has T-shape arms to set the insulators that support the conductors. These arms, same as the structure, has holes but spaced each 1-cm to allow vary the phase spacing between 0.35 and 0.25 meters. The insulators were made of wood and 1.5-mm diameter steel wires were used for the conductors (see Figure 2). 1.2. Experimental Setup Figure 3 illustrates the experimental setup for electric field tests using the transmissionline scale model. A variable three-phase source was connected to the low voltage side of a three-phase distribution transformer (13200/240 V). The source voltage was set to obtain 5.75 kV at the high voltage side of the transformer. This voltage was used to energize the scale model conductors.

Holes to vary the phase spacing

Holes to vary the line height

Insulator

T-shape arm

Figure 2. Structure of the scale model

Three-phase distribution transformer Three-phase source Measurement height 5 cm Figure 3. Experimental setup for electric field tests

165


For the magnetic field tests, it was used a variable three-phase source to supply a load located at the end of the transmission line (see Figure 4). The source voltage was set to obtain 5.0-A current flowing through each conductor, which corresponds to 100 A for real power transmission lines. 1.3. Scale Model Tests The tower’s design allowed to implement three different conductor configurations: double-circuit vertical, delta, and flat (see Figure 5). The first one is the most used configuration in transmission lines in the Colombian electric system. Also, with this scale model, it can be evaluated line-height and phase-spacing variations each two centimeters.

Three-phase source

Load Measurement height 5 cm Figure 4. Experimental setup for magnetic field tests

a) Double-circuit vertical

b) Delta Figure 5. Conductor configurations evaluated

c) Flat

166


A magnetic field meter with three orthogonal coils was used for the measurement of ground level magnetic field. To measure the electric field strength, a parallel plate probe was used. Both, the magnetic field meter and the electric field probe have 3% accuracy. As the electric and magnetic field under real power lines should be measured at a height of 1 m above ground level [6], in the scale model the lateral profile of electric and magnetic field was measured at midspan at a 5-cm height (see Figure 6).

2. Scale Model Validation To validate the scale model, different tests were carried out for the three configurations. The results of these tests were compared with calculated values obtained from a simulation program developed previously [7]. Comparison between measured and calculated values shows that the agreement is good: the error was below 10% for electric and magnetic field. In Figure 7 the comparison between the measurement values obtained from the scale model and the calculated values from computation, for double-circuit vertical and delta configurations, is showed.

3. Conclusions A 115-kV transmission line scale model was designed and built to evaluate both the electric and magnetic field distribution. The scale model allows to evaluate geometric changes in the line configuration, and phase arrangement. Comparison between electric and magnetic field measurements carried out in the scale model and calculated values by a computer program, shows a good agreement. Also, the scale model allows to assess the electric and magnetic field level, obtained by applying different mitigation techniques, before to be implemented in the transmission line. This model can be used for electric utilities before constructing a transmission line.

Figure 6. Measurement area

167


Calculated

Measured

Magnetic field (mG)

1.200 0.800 0.400 0.000 -1.5

-1

-0.5

0

0.5

Distance (m)

1

a) Double-circuit vertical configuration

Calculated

21.0

Electric field (kV/m)

1.600

1.5

Measured

14.0

7.0

0.0 -1.5

-1

-0.5

0

0.5

Distance (m)

1

1.5

b) Delta configuration

Figure 7. Comparison of measured (scale-model) and calculated field distribution

Acknowledgements The authors thank to the Instituto Colombiano para el Desarrollo de la Ciencia y la Tecnología "Francisco José de Caldas" – COLCIENCIAS for the financial support.

References [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]

[6] [7]

N. Wertheimer, and E. Leeper, Electrical Wiring Configurations and Childhood Cancer. American Journal of Epidemiology, 119:273-284, 1979. R. G. Olsen, and P. S. Wong, Characteristics of Low Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields in the Vicinity of Electric Power Lines, IEEE Trans. on Power Delivery, Vol. 7, No. 4, October 1992. M. Shimizu, T. Nagae, N. Hayakawa, M. Hikita, H. Okubo, Measurement of Magnetic Field Distribution around Power Transmission Lines using Reduced scale-Model, ISH’97, Canada, 1997. G. Filippopoulos, and D. Tsanakas, Analytical Calculation of the Magnetic Field. IEEE Trans. on Power Delivery, Vol. 20, No. 2, April 2005. Y. Liu, and L. E. Zaffanella, Calculation of Electric Field and Audible Noise from Transmission Lines with Non-Parallel Conductors, IEEE Trans. on Power Delivery, Vol. 11, No. 3, pp. 1492 - 1496. July 1996. IEEE Std. 644-1994. IEEE Procedures for Measurements of Power Frequency Electric and Magnetic Field from A.C Power Lines. The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineer, Inc. New York, 1995. J. L. Estacio, Mitigación de Campos Eléctricos y Magnéticos de Baja Frecuencia en Líneas de Transmisión, Undergraduated project, Universidad del Valle, 2006.

168


Reducing Computational Time in Obtaining 3D Magnetic Field Distributions Emanated from Very High Voltage Power Lines Carlos LEMOS ANTUNES a, b, d, 1, José CECÍLIO b, Hugo VALENTE c Electrical Engineering Dept,University of Coimbra, Coimbra, Portugal b APDEE – Assoc. Port. Prom. Desenv. Eng. Electrotécnica, Coimbra, Portugal c REN – Rede Eléctrica Nacional, Lisboa, Portugal d CASE – Centro de Accionamentos e Sistemas Eléctricos a

Abstract. In this paper it is presented an algorithm to reduce the computational time to obtain the magnetic field distribution in a plane of analysis due to Very High Voltage Power Lines. It is used a two dimensional interpolation based on a spline function using as known nodal values, the field solution at nodes of a coarser plan grid. Keywords. LMAT_SIMAG, LMAT_SIMX, High Voltage Power Lines (HVPLs), two dimensional interpolation

Introduction The LMAT_SIMAG [1] is a software program that calculates the 3D magnetic field distribution on specified nodes, emanating from general 3D Line(s) configurations. The conductors are considered filamentary wires of arbitrary path and the catenary is approximated by straight lineal segments. The magnetic field can be calculated along any path or on any plane. The grid discretization of the solution plane is very important to obtain a good or smoother solution for magnetic field distribution which may lead to a considerable computational time. To reduce this computational time, we have used a two dimensional interpolation function to estimate the field solution at intermediate nodes, from the field solution obtained in a coarser plane grid.

1. Formulation It was used a two dimensional interpolation function [2-3] to estimate the intermediate values from two known values. The interpolation is essential to obtain a smoother or good representation of magnetic field distribution, between two known field values. _________________________ 1

Corresponding Author: Lab. CAD/CAE, Electrical Engineering Dept, University of Coimbra, Pólo II, 3030 – 290 Coimbra, Portugal; e-mail: [email protected].

C. Lemos Antunes et al. / Reducing Computational Time

169

Given a rectangular grid {xk, yl} and the associated set of numbers zkl which correspond to the known field values, with 1 ≤ k ≤ m, 1 ≤ l ≤ n, we have to find a bivariate function z=f(x, y) that interpolates the data (field solution), i.e., z = f(xk, yl) = zkl for all values of k and l . The grid points must be sorted monotonically, i.e. x1 < x2 ZR, the voltage V1 equate with the open-voltage V0.

The Results The results of the authors’ investigation for the exposure of the cardiac pacemaker to EM field generated by a homogeneous plane wave of an amplitude E = 1 V/m for twelve different polarizations according to the human body models at frequency 900 MHz are listed in Table 1 for the flat phantom, and in Table 2 for HR model.

A. Miaskowski et al. / The Influence of Electromagnetic Field Polarization on Interfering Voltage

211

Table 1. The interference voltages for different scenarios for the flat phantom. No.

Polarization

U [V]

1

PEHK

0.0048

2

PEKH

0.003

3

PHEK

0.004

4

PHKE

0.0025

5

PKHE

0.0023

6

PKEH

0.0022

7

MEKH

0.002

8

MEKH

0.006

9

MHEK

0.0013

10

MHKE

0.0053

11

MKEH

0.0015

12

MKHE

0.0011

Table 2. The interference voltages for different scenarios for the HR model. No.

Polarization

U [V]

1

PEHK

0.0029

2

PEKH

0.0022

3

PHEK

0.0031

4

PHKE

0.0011

5

PKHE

0.0013

6

PKEH

0.0015

7

MEKH

0.0019

8

MEKH

0.0031

9

MHEK

0.00015

10

MHKE

0.0021

11

MKEH

0.0009

12

MKHE

0.0006

As can be found in Table 1 and Table 2 the highest interfering voltage occur in the case of frontal incident and vertical E polarization. Moreover, the values for the flat phantom are about three times higher than for the HR model. The analogous situation took place in the evaluation of the influence of the electromagnetic wave polarization on SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) in human body model [8].

212

A. Miaskowski et al. / The Influence of Electromagnetic Field Polarization on Interfering Voltage

Conclusions The aim of this investigation was to predict possible hazards (pacemaker dysfunctions) in the pre-implementing time. The evaluation such as the presented one should be useful in the development of protection standards of human exposure to EM field with respect to humans with implants such as cardiac pacemakers. Moreover, the authors hope that the conducted investigation could be useful in the adaptation of working conditions in Poland to European Union standards. Furthermore, using the flat phantom in the EM interference tests in a laboratory setup, potential investigators should consider numerical simulation results first and then validate their results from measurements. This paper has been prepared on the basis of the results of a task carried out within the scope the second stage of the National Programme "Adaptation of Working Conditions in Poland to European Union Standards", partly supported - within the scope of research - in 2005–2007 by the Ministry of Science and Higher Education. The Central Institute for Labour Protection – National Research Institute has been the Programme’s main co-ordinator.

References [1] [2] [3] [4]

[5] [6] [7]

[8]

EN 50361, Basic standard for the measurement of Specific Absorption Rate related to human exposure to electromagnetic fields from mobile phones (300 MHz – 3 GHz), CENELEC 2001. http://www.nlm.nih.gov/research/visible/visible_human.html. S. Gabriel, R. W. Lau, C. Gabriel, The dielectric properties of biological tissues: III. Parametric models for the dielectric spectrum of tissues, Phys. Med. Biol. Vol. 41, pp 2271-2293, 1996. F. Gustrau, A. Bahr, M. Rittwerger, S. Goltz, S. Eggert, Simulation of Induce Currant Densities in the Human Body at Industrial Induction Heating Frequencies, IEEE Tran. on Elect. Compatibility, vol. 41, no. 4, pp. 480-486, 1999. A. Farjadpour, D. Roundy, A. Rodriguez, M. Ibanescu, P. Bermel, J. D. Joannopoulos, S.G Johnson, G. Burr, Improving accuracy by subpixel smoothing in FDTD, Optics Letters, 2006. www.cst.com. J. Wang, O. Fujiwara, T. Nojima, A model for predicting electromagnetic interference of implanted cardiac pacemaker by mobile phones, IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory Tech., Vol. 48, pp 2121-2125, 2000. A. Miaskowski, A. Krawczyk, The Influence of the Electromagnetic Field Polarization on SAR in Human Body Model, Electrotechnical Review, pp 61-62, 5/2006.


213

Effects of Dielectric Properties on Radiofrequency Exposure Compliance Using an Alternative Human Head Model a

Maia SAUREN a, 1, Raymond J. McKENZIE a and Robert L. McINTOSH a Australian Centre for Radiofrequency Bioeffects Research (ACRBR), Australia

Abstract. Uncertainty exists in dosimetry literature regarding the necessary level of complexity in anatomical and other detail for computational simulation of humans for radiofrequency (RF) exposure compliance calculations. Since anatomic parameters are not easily varied within existing models, we have proposed an alternative simplified human head model where key factors affecting Specific Energy Absorption Rate (SAR) are parametrically variable. Populating the new model with data of anatomic variation in key tissues allows investigation into what approximations can be used in physical and computational modeling of SAR and what trade-offs may be made between accuracy and modeling requirements. Here we present results pertaining to the effect of dielectric properties of tissues in the human head on calculated SAR using this model. Keywords: Radiofrequency, Specific Energy Absorption Rate (SAR), dielectric properties, human, mobile telephones

1. Introduction Physical models used for Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) compliance measurement are, for practical reasons, necessarily much simplified (containing only one or two contiguous tissues), whereas computational models can be far more representative, incorporating many complex tissues. The SAR produced in such models from a given source is dependent on several key parameters, including shape and size of the exposed person, the type, location and size of the tissues considered, and their dielectric properties. Ramifications of such assumptions on SAR compliance are not well described in the current literature. We reason a priori that there may be a reduced set of key tissues in the head which dominate the resultant SAR distribution and on which compliance considerations would most critically depend. For example, we expect surface tissues such as skin to be the site of maximum SAR in the head, while the brain and eyes are likely to be the most critical organs in the head to be affected by RF exposure. The alternative model described here seeks to find a compromise in complexity somewhere between the homogeneous single-tissue model and the multi-tissue models and therefore includes a reduced set of only the most relevant tissues in a semi-homogeneous, simplified geometry. An additional advantage of this model is that, in combination with an 1

Corresponding Author: Maia Sauren, ACRBR, RMIT University, School of Electrical and Computer Engineering, GPO Box 2476V, Melbourne VIC 3001, Australia; E-mail: [email protected]

214

M. Sauren et al. / Effects of Dielectric Properties on Radiofrequency Exposure Compliance

appropriate computational modeling platform, it allows for easy parametric adjustment of tissue size, relative location, dielectric properties and morphology. Such adjustments are difficult to achieve using complex realistic models such as Visible Human (VH) (available from Brooks Air Force), which consist of many complex three-dimensional shapes. Within the proposed model, it is possible to vary the chosen key tissues according to the range of human anatomical differences, gathered from available literature, to observe the effect of natural variation in human anatomy and tissue properties on SAR. Using this model, we have begun to investigate [1-2] what approximations can be used in physical and computational modeling of humans for SAR calculations; and what trade-offs can be made between accuracy and modeling requirements for practical considerations. Key issues being investigated are how SAR varies between children and adults, between males and females, and across ethnic populations. We present here some of our results pertaining to the effects on SAR of the permittivity and conductivity of tissues in the head. Various authors outline measurements of dielectric properties of human tissues [3], or mathematical models used to predict such properties at various frequencies [4], though only a few such as [5] and [6] have tested the effects of these properties on SAR. Fujiwara et al [7] approximated the electrical properties of skin using Debye dispersion characteristics at 1.5 GHz, and noted that permittivity of skin is about 10% lower, and conductivity about 30% lower, than previous estimates. The uncertainty in estimates of human tissue dielectric properties is a source of uncertainty in the resultant SAR calculations. Keshvari et al [8] varied dielectric properties of tissues in existing models by up to 20% and observed variation of up to 5% in computed SAR. We propose to extend the work of these authors, taking advantage of the utility of our model to expedite a more wide ranging exploration of the effect of dielectric properties of tissues, and their uncertainties, on SAR.

2. Method

Figure 1. Geometry Man, a simplified parametric model of the human head. Key tissues include skin, skull, brain, eye, fat and ear. The rest of the model, termed ‘filler’ in this paper, comprises of an average head tissue compliant with IEEE P1528 [10].


215

A simplified model of the human head termed Geometry Man has been constructed (Figure 1), initially based on anatomic measurements taken from a large sample of adult Caucasian males [9]. Six key tissues have been chosen for incorporation into the model: skin, skull, brain, eye, and ear, as these are a priori considered to be most significant for the determination of the SAR distribution. A 7 mm layer of fat surrounds both eyes, as in the human body; electrically isolating the tissue. The remainder of the model (termed ‘filler’ in this paper) is comprised of an average head tissue, compliant with IEEE P1528 [10]. The shapes in this model may be varied parametrically, greatly reducing the effort required to undertake this extensive modeling task. A comprehensive review of the current literature has been used to obtain an estimate of variations in a set of anatomical parameters affecting SAR - tissue dielectric, size, thickness and relative location. For tissue size, thickness and location, this review allowed the determination of a set of parameters representing the mid-value (50th percentile) of the human population, which has been used to refine the Geometry Man model. Due to the scarcity of data regarding dielectric properties, the mid-values were taken to be as described by Gabriel [11] and then varied to ±10, ±20 and ±30 per cent (see Table 1 for complete data), to simulate a population distribution, based on the assumption of an approximately linear association with SAR in infinite homogenous lossy layers and the observation that a variation for SAR of 30% is an accepted uncertainty in SAR measurement standards [12]. Table 1. (a) Conductivity (σ) and (b) permittivity (ε) properties used in this study. Gabriel values [12] were varied to ±10, ±20 and ±30 per cent. (a)

(b)

Tissue

70%

80%

90%

100%

110%

120%

130%

Brain

0.54

0.62

0.69

0.77

0.85

0.92

1.00

Skull

0.17

0.19

0.22

0.24

0.26

0.29

0.31

Skin

0.61

0.70

0.78

0.87

0.96

1.04

1.13

Eye

1.15

1.31

1.48

1.64

1.80

1.97

2.13

Eye fat

0.04

0.04

0.05

0.05

0.06

0.06

0.07

Filler

0.68

0.78

0.87

0.97

1.07

1.16

1.26

Tissue

70%

80%

90%

100%

110%

120%

130%

Brain

32.06

36.64

41.22

45.8

50.38

54.96

59.54

Skull

11.62

13.28

14.94

16.6

18.26

19.92

21.58

Skin

28.98

33.12

37.26

41.4

45.54

49.68

53.82

Eye

48.23

55.12

62.01

68.9

75.79

82.68

89.57

Eye fat

3.78

4.32

4.86

5.4

5.94

6.48

7.02

Filler

29.05

33.2

37.35

41.5

45.65

49.8

53.95

216


Mathematical modeling is performed using FEKO, a commercially available finite element method/method of moments (FEM/MoM) software package which is able to take advantage of the parametric nature of this model [13]. Plane wave excitation in the saggital plane is used as the source at 4.5 W/m2, the ICNIRP reference level at 900 MHz for public exposure [14]. Studies using physical human phantoms have been conducted for validation purposes at the Ericsson Research Laboratory in Sweden.

3. Results and Discussion Figure 2 shows resultant averaged SAR for the entire Geometry Man head (whole head average, WHA) where tissue permittivity and conductivity were varied as per Table 1. WHA SAR decreases approximately linearly with increased conductivity of skin, where highest SAR of 0.037 W/kg is found at lowest conductivity value, σ=0.61 (an increase in SAR of 5%). The inverse is true of permittivity, where highest WHA SAR of 0.038 W/kg is found at ε=53.82, 130% of Gabriel value, a SAR increase of 2%. For the more dominant tissue groups (by mass) such as brain and filler tissue, the opposite correlation is apparent. Highest WBA SAR is seen at highest conductivity (0.037 W/kg, 1% variation) and minimum permittivity (0.038 W/kg, 2% variation) for both brain and filler tissues respectively, as would normally be expected in an infinite lossy layer. The smaller tissue masses, such as eye and eye-fat have little effect on WHA SAR.

(a) (b) Figure 2. Averaged SAR for the entire Geometry Man head (whole head average, WHA), where each tissue’s (a) conductivity and (b) permittivity varied as per Table 1. Log-linear scale is used throughout this paper.


(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

217

Figure 3. (a), (b) 1-gram and (c), (d) 10-gram spatial peak SAR in the Geometry Man model for all dielectric property variations. Also shown in (c) and (d) are the 10-gram average SAR calculated in Visible Human and NORMAN models, and the exposure limit for general public in the head and torso [14] (2 W/kg over a 10-gram volume averaged cube).

Figure 3 shows the peak spatial 1-gram and 10-gram averaged SAR for variations in tissue dielectric properties in the Geometry Man model, with 10-gram SAR for VH and NORMAN, and ICNIRP general public RF exposure limit [14], shown in (c) and (d). On the whole, little effect is seen in averaged SAR, with notable exceptions for dielectric variations in the brain tissue. High 1-gram averaged SAR values are seen at low conductivity (0.331 W/kg at σ=0.54, 0.238 W/kg at σ=0.62, 70% and 80% of original value respectively) and high permittivity (0.230 W/kg at ε=59.54, 130% of original value). The 10-gram spatial peak SAR graphs show corresponding peaks at low conductivities, highest at 0.209 W/kg. SAR values obtained using the Geometry Man model are comparable with VH and NORMAN values and are well below the ICNIRP exposure limit (2 W/kg). The Geometry Man model does not include a body (whereas VH and NORMAN do) and we would expect higher SAR results for a whole body model. Whilst not detailed in this paper, we have found that SAR results will be no more than 50% in any case.

218


(a)

(c)

(b)

(d)

Figure 4. (a), (b) 1-gram and (c), (d) 10-gram spatial peak SAR in the brain tissue for all dielectric property variations. (c) and (d) also show the maximum permitted 10-gram spatial peak SAR for public exposure, and peak 10-gram volume averaged SAR calculated in VH and NORMAN models.

We have also examined the peak 1-gram and 10-gram averaged SAR in the brain tissue (see Figure 4) as this is an area of interest (ICNIRP exposure limit [14] and 10gram averaged SAR values for NORMAN and VH models also shown in (c)and (d)). Again, only the brain tissue’s dielectric properties are seen to significantly affect volume averaged SAR, with trends towards increased SAR at low conductivity (highest SAR of 0.230 W/kg and 0.167 for 1-gram and 10-gram volume averages respectively) and high permittivity (0.214 W/kg and 0.140 W/kg are highest 1-gram and 10-gram SAR values respectively). An unexpected rise in SAR is seen at higher brain conductivity values. Overall, the contrasting correlations between WHA SAR and spatially averaged SAR suggest that as absorption in the surface layers increases (high skin conductivity and high peak spatial SAR), a resultant shielding effect occurs for the rest of the head,


219

producing a lower WHA SAR. We also note that our results are in agreement with Keshvari et al’s assessment that dielectric properties have little effect on SAR over the range of human population variation, and in the context of other large uncertainties in the data which contribute to the overall result. Variations in SAR seen here are well below those permitted by the SAR measurement standard [14] for compliance assessment of mobile phone handsets, and therefore are not likely to contribute significant error to such compliance assessments. Refinements of this model continue.

4. Conclusions A simplified, parametrically adjustable model of the human head has been used here to test the effect of changing dielectric properties of various tissues in the head on the computed whole head averaged and peak spatial averaged SAR in the entire model and the brain tissue. Our analysis suggests conductivity plays a greater part in affecting SAR, both in whole head average and 1-gram spatial averaged values but is more commensurate with that of permittivity for the 10 g spatial averaged results. However, neither whole head averaged nor peak spatial averaged SAR is overly affected by changes in dielectric properties (at least in the context of other uncertainties in the data that contribute to the overall result), being approximately linearly related over the range ±10-30% as tested here. The work has also again demonstrated the utility of the Geometry Man concept for relatively expedient investigation of human variation in anatomical and dielectric properties and its effect on computed SAR.

5. Acknowledgements This study is funded by the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC), Australia.

6. References [1]

[2]

[3] [4] [5]

[6] [7]

M. Sauren, R. McKenzie, R. McIntosh, 'Effects of Dielectric Properties on Radiofrequency Exposure Compliance Using an Alternative Human Head Model', Progress In Electromagnetics Research Symposium (PIERS) 2007, August 27–30, 2007, Prague, Czech Republic M. Sauren, R.J. McKenzie, R.L. McIntosh (2006), 'Determining the Influence of Adult Skin Thickness on Compliance with Radiofrequency Exposure Limits', World Congress on Medical Physics and Biomedical Engineering 2006 (WC2006), Aug 27 - Sep 1, 2006, Seoul, Korea. R. Pethig, "Dielectric properties of body tissues," Clin Phys Physiol Meas, vol. 8 Suppl A, pp. 5-12, 1987. S. Khalafalla, L. Turner, and D. Spyker, "An electrical model to simulate skin dielectric dispersion," Comput Biomed Res, vol. 4, pp. 359-73, 1971. Drossos, V. Santomaa, and N. Kuster, "The dependence of electromagnetic energy absorption upon human head tissue composition in the frequency range of 300-3000 MHz," IEEE Transactions On Microwave Theory And Techniques, Vol. 48, pp. 1988-1995, 2000. Christ and N. Kuster, "Eifferences in RF energy absorption in the heads of adults and children," Bioelectromagnetics, vol. 7, pp. s31-s44, 2005. O. Fujiwara and K. Takai, "Electrical properties of skin and SAR calculation in a realistic human model for microwave exposure," Electrical Engineering In Japan, Vol. 120, pp. 75-80, 1997.

220 [8]

[9] [10]

[11] [12]

[13] [14]

M. Sauren et al. / Effects of Dielectric Properties on Radiofrequency Exposure Compliance J. Keshvari, R. Keshvari, and S. Lang, "The effect of increase in dielectric values on specific absorption rate (SAR) in eye and head tissues following 900, 1800 and 2450 MHz radio frequency (RF) exposure," Phys Med Biol, vol. 51, pp. 1463-77, 2006. L. G. Farkas, Anthropometry of the head and face, 2nd ed. New York: raven press, 1994. IEEE, "IEEE P1528: Recommended practice for determining the peak spatial-average specific absorption rate (SAR) in the human head from wireless communications devices: Measurement techniques," Piscataway, NJ 2005. Gabriel C, "Compilation of the Dielectric properties of body tissues at RF and microwave frequencies", Brooks Air Force Base, report no. AL/OE-TR-1996-0037, 1996. ANSI/IEEE, “IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radiofrequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz”, ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992 (see http://standards.ieee.org/cgibin/status), 1992 http://www.feko.info, "EM Software & Systems" [as at July 2007] Australian Radiation Protection and Nuclear Safety Agency, “Radiation Protection Standard for Maximum Exposure Levels to Radiofrequency Fields - 3 kHz to 300 GHz (2002)”


221

Finite Element Dosimetry of Power Frequency Induced Currents into the Human Body by Using Quasi-static Zooming Riccardo SCORRETTI, Le Ha HOANG, Nöel BURAIS , Alain NICOLAS1 Université de Lyon, Lyon, F-69622, France ; Université Lyon 1, Lyon, F-69622, France ; CNRS, UMR5005, Laboratoire AMPERE, Villeurbanne, F-69622, France, [email protected] 1 CNRS, UMR5005, Laboratoire AMPERE, Ecole Centrale de Lyon, 69134 Ecully CEDEX, France, [email protected]

Abstract. Electrical currents, induced into the human body by power-frequency magnetic fields, are computed by using the Finite Element method. The resolution is increased in a small region of major interest (brain, heart) by using a zooming method. Applications with simple sources of the exciting fields, as well as realistic power systems are presented. Keywords. Finite Element, computer dosimetry

Introduction Finite Element (FE) can be effectively used to compute induced currents into the human body by power-frequency magnetic fields. The main drawback of this method, compared to Finite Difference Time Domain method (FDTD), is the low resolution of the anatomical models. So as to improve the resolution, we apply the quasi-static zooming technique, which allows to refine the computation in a target region, which has to be “small enough”, compared to the size of the body and to the wavelength of the field. This technique, which was originally developed to model electrical appliances [1-3], has been more recently applied in the high frequency domain by Van de Kamet et al to the computation of the SAR in the human body by using the FDTD in the context of mobile communications [4] and of hyperthermia treatment [5].

1. Numerical Formulation The induced currents into the human body by a power frequency magnetic field are computed by FE by using the well known φ-A formulation [6,7]. The main assumption of this formulation is that the perturbations on the source field B (dues to the induced currents into the body) can be neglected. Therefore one can assume that this field is known by a vector potential, namely B = ∇ × A . This vector potential A can be

222

R. Scorretti et al. / FE Dosimetry of Power Frequency Induced Currents into the Human Body

obtained by any kind of computation (Finite Element, analytical formulas, etc.) performed in absence of the human body. One obtains the following expression of the electric field E and of the current density J : ∇ × E = −∂ t B ⇒ E = −∂ t A − ∇φ

(1)

J = σE = −σ (∂ t A + ∇φ )

(2)

where the electric scalar potential φ is the unknown of the problem, and σ is the conductivity [8]. By imposing the charge conservation, one obtain the main differential equation, which is imposed inside the human body (displacement currents can be neglected at power frequencies) : ∇ ⋅ J = −∇ ⋅ [σ (∂ t A + ∇φ )] = 0

(3)

Hence, the problem of computing eddy currents is converted into a conduction problem. At the boundary of the human body, we impose the following boundary condition :

(4)

J ⋅n = 0

which in practice means that no current flows out of the body. Equations (3) and (4) are rewritten in the so called “weak form” by using Galerkin’s method. The problem can be then stated as following : “Find the continuous electric potential φ such that: ∇w ⋅ ⎡⎣σ ( jω A + ∇φ ) ⎤⎦ = 0 ∫∫∫ Ω

∀w ∈ H1 ( Ω )

where Ω is the human body, and H1 ( Ω ) is the space of functions w : Ω a continuous and derivable. This equation is solved by FE onto an anatomical model of the whole body (76’000 nodes). 17 different organs are represented, each of one with its own conductivity. Only one unknown per node is required by this formulation.

2. The Quasi-Static Zooming So as to increase the resolution in a particular zone of the body which has a major importance, we apply the quasi-static zooming. The main idea of this technique is that, due to the “smoothing” behaviour of diffusion phenomena (like quasi-static electric conduction), the influence of fine details of the geometry is quickly attenuated, and it is hardly observable at a “reasonable” distance. Hence, it should be possible to refine the result obtained on the whole body by using a more detailed model of the “interesting” part of the body. In practice, we have made a more detailed model of the head (fig. 2D) and of the trunk, due to the major importance of these parts of the body. These models are composed of


223

respectively 122’000 and 176’000 nodes, which is more than twice compared to the model of the whole body. In the first step, we solve the problem (5) on the “coarse” model of the whole body. In further steps, we solve the same problem (5) by FE on each restricted domains. So as to impose the continuity between the whole body and the refined domains (i.e. head and trunk), the electric potential φ obtained in the first step is evaluated at the junctions body / head and body / trunk, and it is imposed as Dirichlet boundary condition. Therefore, we obtain a solution which is reasonably better than the one obtained with the coarse model.

3. Validation Our computational code is being developed by using both MATLAB and C languages. The validation of the code itself can be found in [6], where we have compared the results provided by our code with both analytical solution and numerical computation obtained with the commercial software FLUX3D. Also, we have checked on small size models (for which a coarse and refined mesh of the whole model is available) that the quasi-static zooming improves the accuracy of the results, for values of conductivities comparable to those of living tissues (not shown). Then, we have compared the results obtained with our code and human body model with the results provided in literature [9]. The table I reports the r.m.s. values of the uniform magnetic flux density which (at 60 Hz) induce an average (maximum) value of 1 mA/m2 into the whole human body (cf. table 2, pag. 2325 of ref. [9]). The comparison between our results and the ones which can be found by the group of Dawson is excellent. In figure 1, we show the average (maximum) current density obtained in different organs, under the same conditions (that is, average whole-body (maximum) current density = 1 mA/m2 at 60 Hz). The filled bars are obtained with the coarse model, whereas the white bars present the refined data by using quasi-static zooming. One observes that in most cases the quasi-static zooming does not modify substantially the average values, which is an encouraging sign of self-consistence of our modelling. The cases of eyes and spinal chord, where some discrepancy between the coarse and refined results is observed, can be explained by the small size of these organs: in this case, the zooming is logically expected to provide the more reliable result. Again, these data agree rather well with the results provided in literature (cf. fig. 2d pag. 2324 of ref.[9]). Table 1. r.m.s. values of the uniform flux density which at 60 Hz produce a whole-body average (maximum) current density of 1 mA/m2 Orientation

Flux density [mT r.m.s.]

Flux density [mT r.m.s.]

( provided in [9] )

( computed by our code )

Bx

0.3596

0.3536

By

0.2946

0.2732

Bz

0.4282

0.4139

224


Fig.1. average (maximum) current density induced in different organs at 60Hz by a uniform magnetic field (see table 1 for the magnitudes of the exciting magnetic field). These values are obtained by using the coarse model of the whole body (filled bars) and the quasi-static zooming (white bars).

4. Example: Hardening of a Metal by Induction Heating As example of realistic power system, we present here the case of an induction heater for hardening the surface of metal. The system is composed of a metal tube, which is heated by a 30 kHz inductor (current NI = 5·200 A r.m.s). The worker is standing at about 30 cm from the inductor, and he is protected by a metallic shield. The source magnetic potential A is computed in absence of the human body by using FLUX3D. Figure 2 shows the exciting (source) magnetic field, and the induced current into the whole body and the details of the brain obtained by the coarse model, and the refined computation by using the quasi-static zooming. The distribution of induced current is not intuitive : the peak of the current is located far from the peak of the magnetic field (cf. fig. 2A and 2B). One observes that the zooming allows to obtain a much more detailed computation in the brain (cf. fig. 2C and 2D) at a moderate cost, compared to more classical FE or FDTD.


225

B)

C)

D)

Fig.2. A) Excitation field and B) induced current density in the whole body by an industrial induction heater working at 30 kHz. C) Current density in the brain computed with the coarse model, and D) refined computation. Astonishing, the peak of induced current is not located close to the peak of the excitation field.

226


References [1] [2] [3] [4]

[5] [6]

[7] [8] [9]

T. W. McDaniel, R. R. Root, A technique for resolution amplification in three-dimensional field calculations for recording media, IEEE Trans. Mag. Vol. 17(6), pp. 3411-3413, November 1981. O. Fabregue, L. Krähenbühl, L. Nicolas, A numerical zoom for 3D modelization of complex devices, Proc. of the COMPUMAG 1991, Sorrento, Italy. H. Kwon, M. H. Wahl, F. E. Talke, Finite Element simulation of a helical scanner with head/tape contacts, IEEE Trans. Mag. Vol. 32(5), pp. 3735-3737, September 1996. J. B. Van de Kamer, J. J. W. Lagendijk, Computation of high-resolution SAR distribution in a head due to radiating dipole antenna representing a hand-held mobile phone, Phys. Med. Biol. Vol. 47, pp. 18271835, 2002. J. B. Van de Kamer, A. A. C. De Leeuw, H. Kroeze, J. J. W. Lagendijk, Quasistatic zooming for regional hyperthermia treatment planning, Phys. Med. Biol. Vol. 46, pp. 1017-1030, 2001. R. Scorretti, N. Burais, O. Fabregue, A. Nicolas, L. Nicolas, Computation of the induced current density into the human body due to relative LF magnetic field generated by realistic devices, IEEE Trans. Mag. Vol. 40(2), pp. 643-646, March 2004. T. W. Dawson, M. A. Stuchly, High-resolution organ dosimetry for human exposure to low-frequency magnetic fields, IEEE Trans. Mag. Vol. 34(3), pp. 708-718, May 1998. S. Gabriel, R. W. Lau, C. Gabriel, The dielectric properties of biological tissues: II. Measurements in the frequency range 10 Hz to 20 GHz, Phys. Med. Biol. Vol. 41, pp. 2251-2269, 1996. T. W. Dawson, K. Caputa, M. Stuchly, A comparison of 60 Hz uniform magnetic and electric induction in the human body, Phys. Med. Biol., Vol 42, pp. 2319-2329, 1997.

Chapter 5 Electromagnetic Field in Standards and Policy



229

Electromagnetic Fields Measurements – Methods and Accuracy Estimation Pawel BIENKOWSKI Wroclaw University of Technology, Poland [email protected]

Abstract. The paper presents theoretical analyses and measurements results of factors affecting the precision of survey EMF measurements. Presented problems are connected mainly with errors of a method and imperfection of the measuring device. In particular: using probes with non-zero geometrical dimensions, difference between conditions of calibration and measurement (eg. modulated and pulse fields), uncertainty of calibration, nonlinear dynamic characteristic and frequency response and “human factor”. Keywords. Electromagnetic metrology, survey measurements, uncertainty

Introduction The development of contemporary civilization is associated with the consumption of more and more quantities different forms of energy. One of the forms of energy, which role has been rapidly growing in every branch of everyday life, is energy of RF currents and fields. The intentional or unintentional irradiation of a part of the RF energy, which results in contamination of the whole environment and the interference in wide frequency range is take place in those processes. Because of the fact that the electromagnetic field is not detectable by organoleptic methods, EMF detection and every works and investigations connected with the field require the use of the specific tools to detect it. EMF measurement in the far-field (Fraunhofer zone) is one of the less accurate as compared to measurements of other physical quantities. The near-field conditions (Fresnel region) cause further degradation of the near-field EMF measurements accuracy as compared to the far-field one. An additional problem is the accuracy of the EMF standards and as a result low accuracy of measurement devices.

1. EMF Measurement Methods Generally EMF is described by electric field vector - E, magnetic field vector - H and Poynting's vector S, but only in the limited level. In the far field these vectors are strictly connected by the impedance of free space. In the near source fields their relations are more complicated and depend on the type of EMF source and distance from source to sensor. In more general situations and completely unknown fields (especially in the primary and secondary EMF sources proximity) the E and H field strength must be measured separately.

230

P. Bienkowski / Electromagnetic Fields Measurements – Methods and Accuracy Estimation

In order to optimally select a method of the EMF measurement in the near-field it is initially necessary to find quantities that would characterize the field in the best way and would be possible to use in a practical application. The dominating technique of EMF measurement is the use of an antenna (mainly a symmetrical dipole for E-field and a loop for H-field) loaded by a detector (diode or, more rarely, thermocouple) with lowpass filter and transfer of DC voltage from the probe to an indicator (in the case of the most popular designs of two-piece meters) through a high resistance (transparent) transmission line. There are usually wideband probes. There are some restrictions in using antennas as an EMF probes.

2. Geometrical Size of Antennas Every EMF measuring probe causes the measured EMF integration by finite sizes of a probe. In the case of the far-field measurements the integration is usually negligible as the probe standardization is done in similar conditions as measuring ones. The nearfield probes are standardized in similar conditions (in a TEM cell, on an open site) and then the change of the measuring conditions to those during standardization must be taken into account. The EMF integration may be divided into two phenomena, i.e.: the phase integration and the amplitude integration [1,2]. The phase integration is based upon a current distribution in a measuring probe and the phase integration error δp may be defined in the form (1): δp =

1 2

2kh ⎞ ⎛ ⎟ ⎜1 − ⎝ sin 2kh ⎠

(1)

where: k - propagation constant, 2h - probes length. In order to make it possible to compare the measuring band of limiting factors the formula is plotted in Figure 1. 0 .1

0.2

0.3

0 .4

0 .5

0 .6

2h /λ

0

δp [%] -2 0

-4 0

Figure 1. Phase integration error versus 2h/λ

The error presented supports the widely accepted point that the measuring antenna (for the near-field purposes) should be 'electrically small'. It may be seen from the diagram that this means that the antenna length should not exceed, say, 0.2λ. It is not necessary to call the power line frequency example to show the role of the limit at microwave ones (which are here of concern).

231


To illustrate probes' size limitations at lower frequencies we should take into account the amplitude integration error δa. The error depends upon the EMF curvature. If present, for instance, the electric (E) field in the near-field in the form (2): E =

const Rα

(2)

where: R - distance between a source and a probe, α - wave type indicator. For spherical wave α = 3, for the plane one (TEM wave) α = 0 and analyzed error disappears. The error as a function of 2h/R, for three values of α is plotted in Figure. 2. 60

δp [%]

α=3

40

α=2 20

α=1 0

2h/R 0 .4

0 .8

1 .2

1 .6

Figure 2. Amplitude integration error versus 2h/R

It may be summarized that δp play the main role in high frequencies and δa in measurements in source proximity, independent of frequency range. For magnetic field measurement one usually uses probes consisting of a circular loop antenna loaded with a detector of shaped frequency response. Analogically to electric field it is possible here to follow the discussion related to the measuring antenna sizes limitation, which results from the error of a quasi-point value of the magnetic field measurement and the results are almost the same.

3. EMF Probe Frequency Response The structure of a typical E-field broadband probe and its equivalent circuit is presented in Figure 3. Ca

Rf

Lp

high resistive line

ea

Cp+f

C

Figure 3. Structure and equivalent circuit of wideband E-field sensor

R Um

232


Source ea represents the voltage induced in the antenna. The voltage value depends on field intensity E in the measurement site and on the effective height of the antenna hef (3):

ea = E ⋅ hsk

(3)

For the electrically short dipole (2h -20

-50 < Dst ≤ -20

-100 < Dst ≤ -50 -150 < Dst ≤ -100

Dst ≤ -150

Number Measurements

1819

544

290

42

104

Above-discussed factors were used to apply 3-Factor Analysis of Variance (MANOVA). The main effect and the interaction effect between the factors under consideration on the physiological parameters examined were investigated. Post-hoc analysis (Neman-Keuls test) was also used to establish the statistical significance of the differences between the average values of the measured physiological parameters in the separate factor levels. The chosen level for statistical significance was p

Electromagnetic Field, Health and Environment:Proceedings of EHE'07 (Studies in Applied Electromagnetics and Mechanics)

Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (X) (Studies in Applied Electromagnetics and Mechanics)

Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (XI) (Studies in Applied Electromagnetics and Mechanics) (No. 11)

Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (XIV) - Volume 35 Studies in Applied Electromagnetics and Mechanics

Advanced Computer Techniques in Applied Electromagnetics (Studies in Applied Electromagnetics)

Field and Wave Electromagnetics

Electromagnetic Field Measurements in the Near Field

Electromagnetic field measurements in the near field

Electromagnetic Field Measurements in the Near Field

Analytical modeling in applied electromagnetics

Analytical and Computational Methods in Electromagnetics (Artech House Electromagnetic Analysis)

Asymptotic and Hybrid Methods in Electromagnetics (IEE Electromagnetic Waves Series)

Ill-Posed Problems for Integrodifferential Equations in Mechanics and Electromagnetic Theory (SIAM Studies in Applied and Numerical Methematics) (Studies in Applied and Numerical Mathematics)

Ill-Posed Problems for Integrodifferential Equations in Mechanics and Electromagnetic Theory (SIAM Studies in Applied and Numerical Methematics) (Studies in Applied and Numerical Mathematics)

Electromagnetic Field Theory Exercises

Electromagnetic field theory

Electromagnetic Field Theory

The Electromagnetic Field

ELF and VLF Electromagnetic Field Effects

Electromagnetic Field Theory

Electromagnetic field theory

Electromagnetic field theory

Electromagnetic field theory

Nonlinear Differential Equations (Studies in Applied Mechanics)

Introduction to Hydrocodes (Studies in Applied Mechanics)

Materials Processing Defects (Studies in Applied Mechanics)

Electromagnetic field theory

Classical Mechanics: Applied Mechanics and Mechatronics

Selected works in applied mechanics and mathematics

Advances in applied mechanics

Advances in Applied Mechanics

Electromagnetic Field, Health and Environment:Proceedings of EHE'07 (Studies in Applied Electromagnetics and Mechanics)

Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (X) (Studies in Applied Electromagnetics and Mechanics)

Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (XI) (Studies in Applied Electromagnetics and Mechanics) (No. 11)

Electromagnetic Nondestructive Evaluation (XIV) - Volume 35 Studies in Applied Electromagnetics and Mechanics

Advanced Computer Techniques in Applied Electromagnetics (Studies in Applied Electromagnetics)

Field and Wave Electromagnetics

Electromagnetic Field Measurements in the Near Field

Electromagnetic field measurements in the near field

Electromagnetic Field Measurements in the Near Field

Analytical modeling in applied electromagnetics

Analytical and Computational Methods in Electromagnetics (Artech House Electromagnetic Analysis)

Asymptotic and Hybrid Methods in Electromagnetics (IEE Electromagnetic Waves Series)

Ill-Posed Problems for Integrodifferential Equations in Mechanics and Electromagnetic Theory (SIAM Studies in Applied and Numerical Methematics) (Studies in Applied and Numerical Mathematics)

Ill-Posed Problems for Integrodifferential Equations in Mechanics and Electromagnetic Theory (SIAM Studies in Applied and Numerical Methematics) (Studies in Applied and Numerical Mathematics)

Electromagnetic Field Theory Exercises

Electromagnetic field theory

Electromagnetic Field Theory

The Electromagnetic Field

ELF and VLF Electromagnetic Field Effects

Electromagnetic Field Theory

Electromagnetic field theory

Electromagnetic field theory

Electromagnetic field theory

Nonlinear Differential Equations (Studies in Applied Mechanics)

Introduction to Hydrocodes (Studies in Applied Mechanics)

Materials Processing Defects (Studies in Applied Mechanics)

Electromagnetic field theory

Classical Mechanics: Applied Mechanics and Mechatronics

Selected works in applied mechanics and mathematics

Advances in applied mechanics

Advances in Applied Mechanics

Recommend Documents